1 | /* Generate code from machine description to compute values of attributes.
|
---|
2 | Copyright (C) 1991, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998,
|
---|
3 | 1999, 2000, 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
---|
4 | Contributed by Richard Kenner (kenner@vlsi1.ultra.nyu.edu)
|
---|
5 |
|
---|
6 | This file is part of GCC.
|
---|
7 |
|
---|
8 | GCC is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
|
---|
9 | the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free
|
---|
10 | Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any later
|
---|
11 | version.
|
---|
12 |
|
---|
13 | GCC is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY
|
---|
14 | WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
|
---|
15 | FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License
|
---|
16 | for more details.
|
---|
17 |
|
---|
18 | You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
---|
19 | along with GCC; see the file COPYING. If not, write to the Free
|
---|
20 | Software Foundation, 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA
|
---|
21 | 02111-1307, USA. */
|
---|
22 |
|
---|
23 | /* This program handles insn attributes and the DEFINE_DELAY and
|
---|
24 | DEFINE_FUNCTION_UNIT definitions.
|
---|
25 |
|
---|
26 | It produces a series of functions named `get_attr_...', one for each insn
|
---|
27 | attribute. Each of these is given the rtx for an insn and returns a member
|
---|
28 | of the enum for the attribute.
|
---|
29 |
|
---|
30 | These subroutines have the form of a `switch' on the INSN_CODE (via
|
---|
31 | `recog_memoized'). Each case either returns a constant attribute value
|
---|
32 | or a value that depends on tests on other attributes, the form of
|
---|
33 | operands, or some random C expression (encoded with a SYMBOL_REF
|
---|
34 | expression).
|
---|
35 |
|
---|
36 | If the attribute `alternative', or a random C expression is present,
|
---|
37 | `constrain_operands' is called. If either of these cases of a reference to
|
---|
38 | an operand is found, `extract_insn' is called.
|
---|
39 |
|
---|
40 | The special attribute `length' is also recognized. For this operand,
|
---|
41 | expressions involving the address of an operand or the current insn,
|
---|
42 | (address (pc)), are valid. In this case, an initial pass is made to
|
---|
43 | set all lengths that do not depend on address. Those that do are set to
|
---|
44 | the maximum length. Then each insn that depends on an address is checked
|
---|
45 | and possibly has its length changed. The process repeats until no further
|
---|
46 | changed are made. The resulting lengths are saved for use by
|
---|
47 | `get_attr_length'.
|
---|
48 |
|
---|
49 | A special form of DEFINE_ATTR, where the expression for default value is a
|
---|
50 | CONST expression, indicates an attribute that is constant for a given run
|
---|
51 | of the compiler. The subroutine generated for these attributes has no
|
---|
52 | parameters as it does not depend on any particular insn. Constant
|
---|
53 | attributes are typically used to specify which variety of processor is
|
---|
54 | used.
|
---|
55 |
|
---|
56 | Internal attributes are defined to handle DEFINE_DELAY and
|
---|
57 | DEFINE_FUNCTION_UNIT. Special routines are output for these cases.
|
---|
58 |
|
---|
59 | This program works by keeping a list of possible values for each attribute.
|
---|
60 | These include the basic attribute choices, default values for attribute, and
|
---|
61 | all derived quantities.
|
---|
62 |
|
---|
63 | As the description file is read, the definition for each insn is saved in a
|
---|
64 | `struct insn_def'. When the file reading is complete, a `struct insn_ent'
|
---|
65 | is created for each insn and chained to the corresponding attribute value,
|
---|
66 | either that specified, or the default.
|
---|
67 |
|
---|
68 | An optimization phase is then run. This simplifies expressions for each
|
---|
69 | insn. EQ_ATTR tests are resolved, whenever possible, to a test that
|
---|
70 | indicates when the attribute has the specified value for the insn. This
|
---|
71 | avoids recursive calls during compilation.
|
---|
72 |
|
---|
73 | The strategy used when processing DEFINE_DELAY and DEFINE_FUNCTION_UNIT
|
---|
74 | definitions is to create arbitrarily complex expressions and have the
|
---|
75 | optimization simplify them.
|
---|
76 |
|
---|
77 | Once optimization is complete, any required routines and definitions
|
---|
78 | will be written.
|
---|
79 |
|
---|
80 | An optimization that is not yet implemented is to hoist the constant
|
---|
81 | expressions entirely out of the routines and definitions that are written.
|
---|
82 | A way to do this is to iterate over all possible combinations of values
|
---|
83 | for constant attributes and generate a set of functions for that given
|
---|
84 | combination. An initialization function would be written that evaluates
|
---|
85 | the attributes and installs the corresponding set of routines and
|
---|
86 | definitions (each would be accessed through a pointer).
|
---|
87 |
|
---|
88 | We use the flags in an RTX as follows:
|
---|
89 | `unchanging' (RTX_UNCHANGING_P): This rtx is fully simplified
|
---|
90 | independent of the insn code.
|
---|
91 | `in_struct' (MEM_IN_STRUCT_P): This rtx is fully simplified
|
---|
92 | for the insn code currently being processed (see optimize_attrs).
|
---|
93 | `integrated' (RTX_INTEGRATED_P): This rtx is permanent and unique
|
---|
94 | (see attr_rtx).
|
---|
95 | `volatil' (MEM_VOLATILE_P): During simplify_by_exploding the value of an
|
---|
96 | EQ_ATTR rtx is true if !volatil and false if volatil. */
|
---|
97 |
|
---|
98 | #include "hconfig.h"
|
---|
99 | #include "system.h"
|
---|
100 | #include "rtl.h"
|
---|
101 | #include "ggc.h"
|
---|
102 | #include "gensupport.h"
|
---|
103 |
|
---|
104 | #ifdef HAVE_SYS_RESOURCE_H
|
---|
105 | # include <sys/resource.h>
|
---|
106 | #endif
|
---|
107 |
|
---|
108 | /* We must include obstack.h after <sys/time.h>, to avoid lossage with
|
---|
109 | /usr/include/sys/stdtypes.h on Sun OS 4.x. */
|
---|
110 | #include "obstack.h"
|
---|
111 | #include "errors.h"
|
---|
112 |
|
---|
113 | static struct obstack obstack1, obstack2;
|
---|
114 | struct obstack *hash_obstack = &obstack1;
|
---|
115 | struct obstack *temp_obstack = &obstack2;
|
---|
116 |
|
---|
117 | #define obstack_chunk_alloc xmalloc
|
---|
118 | #define obstack_chunk_free free
|
---|
119 |
|
---|
120 | /* enough space to reserve for printing out ints */
|
---|
121 | #define MAX_DIGITS (HOST_BITS_PER_INT * 3 / 10 + 3)
|
---|
122 |
|
---|
123 | /* Define structures used to record attributes and values. */
|
---|
124 |
|
---|
125 | /* As each DEFINE_INSN, DEFINE_PEEPHOLE, or DEFINE_ASM_ATTRIBUTES is
|
---|
126 | encountered, we store all the relevant information into a
|
---|
127 | `struct insn_def'. This is done to allow attribute definitions to occur
|
---|
128 | anywhere in the file. */
|
---|
129 |
|
---|
130 | struct insn_def
|
---|
131 | {
|
---|
132 | struct insn_def *next; /* Next insn in chain. */
|
---|
133 | rtx def; /* The DEFINE_... */
|
---|
134 | int insn_code; /* Instruction number. */
|
---|
135 | int insn_index; /* Expression numer in file, for errors. */
|
---|
136 | int lineno; /* Line number. */
|
---|
137 | int num_alternatives; /* Number of alternatives. */
|
---|
138 | int vec_idx; /* Index of attribute vector in `def'. */
|
---|
139 | };
|
---|
140 |
|
---|
141 | /* Once everything has been read in, we store in each attribute value a list
|
---|
142 | of insn codes that have that value. Here is the structure used for the
|
---|
143 | list. */
|
---|
144 |
|
---|
145 | struct insn_ent
|
---|
146 | {
|
---|
147 | struct insn_ent *next; /* Next in chain. */
|
---|
148 | int insn_code; /* Instruction number. */
|
---|
149 | int insn_index; /* Index of definition in file */
|
---|
150 | int lineno; /* Line number. */
|
---|
151 | };
|
---|
152 |
|
---|
153 | /* Each value of an attribute (either constant or computed) is assigned a
|
---|
154 | structure which is used as the listhead of the insns that have that
|
---|
155 | value. */
|
---|
156 |
|
---|
157 | struct attr_value
|
---|
158 | {
|
---|
159 | rtx value; /* Value of attribute. */
|
---|
160 | struct attr_value *next; /* Next attribute value in chain. */
|
---|
161 | struct insn_ent *first_insn; /* First insn with this value. */
|
---|
162 | int num_insns; /* Number of insns with this value. */
|
---|
163 | int has_asm_insn; /* True if this value used for `asm' insns */
|
---|
164 | };
|
---|
165 |
|
---|
166 | /* Structure for each attribute. */
|
---|
167 |
|
---|
168 | struct attr_desc
|
---|
169 | {
|
---|
170 | char *name; /* Name of attribute. */
|
---|
171 | struct attr_desc *next; /* Next attribute. */
|
---|
172 | unsigned is_numeric : 1; /* Values of this attribute are numeric. */
|
---|
173 | unsigned negative_ok : 1; /* Allow negative numeric values. */
|
---|
174 | unsigned unsigned_p : 1; /* Make the output function unsigned int. */
|
---|
175 | unsigned is_const : 1; /* Attribute value constant for each run. */
|
---|
176 | unsigned is_special : 1; /* Don't call `write_attr_set'. */
|
---|
177 | unsigned func_units_p : 1; /* this is the function_units attribute */
|
---|
178 | unsigned blockage_p : 1; /* this is the blockage range function */
|
---|
179 | struct attr_value *first_value; /* First value of this attribute. */
|
---|
180 | struct attr_value *default_val; /* Default value for this attribute. */
|
---|
181 | int lineno; /* Line number. */
|
---|
182 | };
|
---|
183 |
|
---|
184 | #define NULL_ATTR (struct attr_desc *) NULL
|
---|
185 |
|
---|
186 | /* A range of values. */
|
---|
187 |
|
---|
188 | struct range
|
---|
189 | {
|
---|
190 | int min;
|
---|
191 | int max;
|
---|
192 | };
|
---|
193 |
|
---|
194 | /* Structure for each DEFINE_DELAY. */
|
---|
195 |
|
---|
196 | struct delay_desc
|
---|
197 | {
|
---|
198 | rtx def; /* DEFINE_DELAY expression. */
|
---|
199 | struct delay_desc *next; /* Next DEFINE_DELAY. */
|
---|
200 | int num; /* Number of DEFINE_DELAY, starting at 1. */
|
---|
201 | int lineno; /* Line number. */
|
---|
202 | };
|
---|
203 |
|
---|
204 | /* Record information about each DEFINE_FUNCTION_UNIT. */
|
---|
205 |
|
---|
206 | struct function_unit_op
|
---|
207 | {
|
---|
208 | rtx condexp; /* Expression TRUE for applicable insn. */
|
---|
209 | struct function_unit_op *next; /* Next operation for this function unit. */
|
---|
210 | int num; /* Ordinal for this operation type in unit. */
|
---|
211 | int ready; /* Cost until data is ready. */
|
---|
212 | int issue_delay; /* Cost until unit can accept another insn. */
|
---|
213 | rtx conflict_exp; /* Expression TRUE for insns incurring issue delay. */
|
---|
214 | rtx issue_exp; /* Expression computing issue delay. */
|
---|
215 | int lineno; /* Line number. */
|
---|
216 | };
|
---|
217 |
|
---|
218 | /* Record information about each function unit mentioned in a
|
---|
219 | DEFINE_FUNCTION_UNIT. */
|
---|
220 |
|
---|
221 | struct function_unit
|
---|
222 | {
|
---|
223 | const char *name; /* Function unit name. */
|
---|
224 | struct function_unit *next; /* Next function unit. */
|
---|
225 | int num; /* Ordinal of this unit type. */
|
---|
226 | int multiplicity; /* Number of units of this type. */
|
---|
227 | int simultaneity; /* Maximum number of simultaneous insns
|
---|
228 | on this function unit or 0 if unlimited. */
|
---|
229 | rtx condexp; /* Expression TRUE for insn needing unit. */
|
---|
230 | int num_opclasses; /* Number of different operation types. */
|
---|
231 | struct function_unit_op *ops; /* Pointer to first operation type. */
|
---|
232 | int needs_conflict_function; /* Nonzero if a conflict function required. */
|
---|
233 | int needs_blockage_function; /* Nonzero if a blockage function required. */
|
---|
234 | int needs_range_function; /* Nonzero if blockage range function needed. */
|
---|
235 | rtx default_cost; /* Conflict cost, if constant. */
|
---|
236 | struct range issue_delay; /* Range of issue delay values. */
|
---|
237 | int max_blockage; /* Maximum time an insn blocks the unit. */
|
---|
238 | int first_lineno; /* First seen line number. */
|
---|
239 | };
|
---|
240 |
|
---|
241 | /* Listheads of above structures. */
|
---|
242 |
|
---|
243 | /* This one is indexed by the first character of the attribute name. */
|
---|
244 | #define MAX_ATTRS_INDEX 256
|
---|
245 | static struct attr_desc *attrs[MAX_ATTRS_INDEX];
|
---|
246 | static struct insn_def *defs;
|
---|
247 | static struct delay_desc *delays;
|
---|
248 | static struct function_unit *units;
|
---|
249 |
|
---|
250 | /* An expression where all the unknown terms are EQ_ATTR tests can be
|
---|
251 | rearranged into a COND provided we can enumerate all possible
|
---|
252 | combinations of the unknown values. The set of combinations become the
|
---|
253 | tests of the COND; the value of the expression given that combination is
|
---|
254 | computed and becomes the corresponding value. To do this, we must be
|
---|
255 | able to enumerate all values for each attribute used in the expression
|
---|
256 | (currently, we give up if we find a numeric attribute).
|
---|
257 |
|
---|
258 | If the set of EQ_ATTR tests used in an expression tests the value of N
|
---|
259 | different attributes, the list of all possible combinations can be made
|
---|
260 | by walking the N-dimensional attribute space defined by those
|
---|
261 | attributes. We record each of these as a struct dimension.
|
---|
262 |
|
---|
263 | The algorithm relies on sharing EQ_ATTR nodes: if two nodes in an
|
---|
264 | expression are the same, the will also have the same address. We find
|
---|
265 | all the EQ_ATTR nodes by marking them MEM_VOLATILE_P. This bit later
|
---|
266 | represents the value of an EQ_ATTR node, so once all nodes are marked,
|
---|
267 | they are also given an initial value of FALSE.
|
---|
268 |
|
---|
269 | We then separate the set of EQ_ATTR nodes into dimensions for each
|
---|
270 | attribute and put them on the VALUES list. Terms are added as needed by
|
---|
271 | `add_values_to_cover' so that all possible values of the attribute are
|
---|
272 | tested.
|
---|
273 |
|
---|
274 | Each dimension also has a current value. This is the node that is
|
---|
275 | currently considered to be TRUE. If this is one of the nodes added by
|
---|
276 | `add_values_to_cover', all the EQ_ATTR tests in the original expression
|
---|
277 | will be FALSE. Otherwise, only the CURRENT_VALUE will be true.
|
---|
278 |
|
---|
279 | NUM_VALUES is simply the length of the VALUES list and is there for
|
---|
280 | convenience.
|
---|
281 |
|
---|
282 | Once the dimensions are created, the algorithm enumerates all possible
|
---|
283 | values and computes the current value of the given expression. */
|
---|
284 |
|
---|
285 | struct dimension
|
---|
286 | {
|
---|
287 | struct attr_desc *attr; /* Attribute for this dimension. */
|
---|
288 | rtx values; /* List of attribute values used. */
|
---|
289 | rtx current_value; /* Position in the list for the TRUE value. */
|
---|
290 | int num_values; /* Length of the values list. */
|
---|
291 | };
|
---|
292 |
|
---|
293 | /* Other variables. */
|
---|
294 |
|
---|
295 | static int insn_code_number;
|
---|
296 | static int insn_index_number;
|
---|
297 | static int got_define_asm_attributes;
|
---|
298 | static int must_extract;
|
---|
299 | static int must_constrain;
|
---|
300 | static int address_used;
|
---|
301 | static int length_used;
|
---|
302 | static int num_delays;
|
---|
303 | static int have_annul_true, have_annul_false;
|
---|
304 | static int num_units, num_unit_opclasses;
|
---|
305 | static int num_insn_ents;
|
---|
306 |
|
---|
307 | /* Used as operand to `operate_exp': */
|
---|
308 |
|
---|
309 | enum operator {PLUS_OP, MINUS_OP, POS_MINUS_OP, EQ_OP, OR_OP, ORX_OP, MAX_OP, MIN_OP, RANGE_OP};
|
---|
310 |
|
---|
311 | /* Stores, for each insn code, the number of constraint alternatives. */
|
---|
312 |
|
---|
313 | static int *insn_n_alternatives;
|
---|
314 |
|
---|
315 | /* Stores, for each insn code, a bitmap that has bits on for each possible
|
---|
316 | alternative. */
|
---|
317 |
|
---|
318 | static int *insn_alternatives;
|
---|
319 |
|
---|
320 | /* If nonzero, assume that the `alternative' attr has this value.
|
---|
321 | This is the hashed, unique string for the numeral
|
---|
322 | whose value is chosen alternative. */
|
---|
323 |
|
---|
324 | static const char *current_alternative_string;
|
---|
325 |
|
---|
326 | /* Used to simplify expressions. */
|
---|
327 |
|
---|
328 | static rtx true_rtx, false_rtx;
|
---|
329 |
|
---|
330 | /* Used to reduce calls to `strcmp' */
|
---|
331 |
|
---|
332 | static char *alternative_name;
|
---|
333 |
|
---|
334 | /* Indicate that REG_DEAD notes are valid if dead_or_set_p is ever
|
---|
335 | called. */
|
---|
336 |
|
---|
337 | int reload_completed = 0;
|
---|
338 |
|
---|
339 | /* Some machines test `optimize' in macros called from rtlanal.c, so we need
|
---|
340 | to define it here. */
|
---|
341 |
|
---|
342 | int optimize = 0;
|
---|
343 |
|
---|
344 | /* Simplify an expression. Only call the routine if there is something to
|
---|
345 | simplify. */
|
---|
346 | #define SIMPLIFY_TEST_EXP(EXP,INSN_CODE,INSN_INDEX) \
|
---|
347 | (RTX_UNCHANGING_P (EXP) || MEM_IN_STRUCT_P (EXP) ? (EXP) \
|
---|
348 | : simplify_test_exp (EXP, INSN_CODE, INSN_INDEX))
|
---|
349 |
|
---|
350 | /* Simplify (eq_attr ("alternative") ...)
|
---|
351 | when we are working with a particular alternative. */
|
---|
352 | #define SIMPLIFY_ALTERNATIVE(EXP) \
|
---|
353 | if (current_alternative_string \
|
---|
354 | && GET_CODE ((EXP)) == EQ_ATTR \
|
---|
355 | && XSTR ((EXP), 0) == alternative_name) \
|
---|
356 | (EXP) = (XSTR ((EXP), 1) == current_alternative_string \
|
---|
357 | ? true_rtx : false_rtx);
|
---|
358 |
|
---|
359 | /* These are referenced by rtlanal.c and hence need to be defined somewhere.
|
---|
360 | They won't actually be used. */
|
---|
361 |
|
---|
362 | rtx global_rtl[GR_MAX];
|
---|
363 | rtx pic_offset_table_rtx;
|
---|
364 |
|
---|
365 | static void attr_hash_add_rtx PARAMS ((int, rtx));
|
---|
366 | static void attr_hash_add_string PARAMS ((int, char *));
|
---|
367 | static rtx attr_rtx PARAMS ((enum rtx_code, ...));
|
---|
368 | static rtx attr_rtx_1 PARAMS ((enum rtx_code, va_list));
|
---|
369 | static char *attr_printf PARAMS ((unsigned int, const char *, ...))
|
---|
370 | ATTRIBUTE_PRINTF_2;
|
---|
371 | static char *attr_string PARAMS ((const char *, int));
|
---|
372 | static rtx check_attr_test PARAMS ((rtx, int, int));
|
---|
373 | static rtx check_attr_value PARAMS ((rtx, struct attr_desc *));
|
---|
374 | static rtx convert_set_attr_alternative PARAMS ((rtx, struct insn_def *));
|
---|
375 | static rtx convert_set_attr PARAMS ((rtx, struct insn_def *));
|
---|
376 | static void check_defs PARAMS ((void));
|
---|
377 | #if 0
|
---|
378 | static rtx convert_const_symbol_ref PARAMS ((rtx, struct attr_desc *));
|
---|
379 | #endif
|
---|
380 | static rtx make_canonical PARAMS ((struct attr_desc *, rtx));
|
---|
381 | static struct attr_value *get_attr_value PARAMS ((rtx, struct attr_desc *, int));
|
---|
382 | static rtx copy_rtx_unchanging PARAMS ((rtx));
|
---|
383 | static rtx copy_boolean PARAMS ((rtx));
|
---|
384 | static void expand_delays PARAMS ((void));
|
---|
385 | static rtx operate_exp PARAMS ((enum operator, rtx, rtx));
|
---|
386 | static void expand_units PARAMS ((void));
|
---|
387 | static rtx simplify_knowing PARAMS ((rtx, rtx));
|
---|
388 | static rtx encode_units_mask PARAMS ((rtx));
|
---|
389 | static void fill_attr PARAMS ((struct attr_desc *));
|
---|
390 | /* dpx2 compiler chokes if we specify the arg types of the args. */
|
---|
391 | static rtx substitute_address PARAMS ((rtx, rtx (*) (rtx), rtx (*) (rtx)));
|
---|
392 | static void make_length_attrs PARAMS ((void));
|
---|
393 | static rtx identity_fn PARAMS ((rtx));
|
---|
394 | static rtx zero_fn PARAMS ((rtx));
|
---|
395 | static rtx one_fn PARAMS ((rtx));
|
---|
396 | static rtx max_fn PARAMS ((rtx));
|
---|
397 | static void write_length_unit_log PARAMS ((void));
|
---|
398 | static rtx simplify_cond PARAMS ((rtx, int, int));
|
---|
399 | #if 0
|
---|
400 | static rtx simplify_by_alternatives PARAMS ((rtx, int, int));
|
---|
401 | #endif
|
---|
402 | static rtx simplify_by_exploding PARAMS ((rtx));
|
---|
403 | static int find_and_mark_used_attributes PARAMS ((rtx, rtx *, int *));
|
---|
404 | static void unmark_used_attributes PARAMS ((rtx, struct dimension *, int));
|
---|
405 | static int add_values_to_cover PARAMS ((struct dimension *));
|
---|
406 | static int increment_current_value PARAMS ((struct dimension *, int));
|
---|
407 | static rtx test_for_current_value PARAMS ((struct dimension *, int));
|
---|
408 | static rtx simplify_with_current_value PARAMS ((rtx, struct dimension *, int));
|
---|
409 | static rtx simplify_with_current_value_aux PARAMS ((rtx));
|
---|
410 | static void clear_struct_flag PARAMS ((rtx));
|
---|
411 | static int count_sub_rtxs PARAMS ((rtx, int));
|
---|
412 | static void remove_insn_ent PARAMS ((struct attr_value *, struct insn_ent *));
|
---|
413 | static void insert_insn_ent PARAMS ((struct attr_value *, struct insn_ent *));
|
---|
414 | static rtx insert_right_side PARAMS ((enum rtx_code, rtx, rtx, int, int));
|
---|
415 | static rtx make_alternative_compare PARAMS ((int));
|
---|
416 | static int compute_alternative_mask PARAMS ((rtx, enum rtx_code));
|
---|
417 | static rtx evaluate_eq_attr PARAMS ((rtx, rtx, int, int));
|
---|
418 | static rtx simplify_and_tree PARAMS ((rtx, rtx *, int, int));
|
---|
419 | static rtx simplify_or_tree PARAMS ((rtx, rtx *, int, int));
|
---|
420 | static rtx simplify_test_exp PARAMS ((rtx, int, int));
|
---|
421 | static rtx simplify_test_exp_in_temp PARAMS ((rtx, int, int));
|
---|
422 | static void optimize_attrs PARAMS ((void));
|
---|
423 | static void gen_attr PARAMS ((rtx, int));
|
---|
424 | static int count_alternatives PARAMS ((rtx));
|
---|
425 | static int compares_alternatives_p PARAMS ((rtx));
|
---|
426 | static int contained_in_p PARAMS ((rtx, rtx));
|
---|
427 | static void gen_insn PARAMS ((rtx, int));
|
---|
428 | static void gen_delay PARAMS ((rtx, int));
|
---|
429 | static void gen_unit PARAMS ((rtx, int));
|
---|
430 | static void write_test_expr PARAMS ((rtx, int));
|
---|
431 | static int max_attr_value PARAMS ((rtx, int*));
|
---|
432 | static int or_attr_value PARAMS ((rtx, int*));
|
---|
433 | static void walk_attr_value PARAMS ((rtx));
|
---|
434 | static void write_attr_get PARAMS ((struct attr_desc *));
|
---|
435 | static rtx eliminate_known_true PARAMS ((rtx, rtx, int, int));
|
---|
436 | static void write_attr_set PARAMS ((struct attr_desc *, int, rtx,
|
---|
437 | const char *, const char *, rtx,
|
---|
438 | int, int));
|
---|
439 | static void write_attr_case PARAMS ((struct attr_desc *, struct attr_value *,
|
---|
440 | int, const char *, const char *, int, rtx));
|
---|
441 | static void write_unit_name PARAMS ((const char *, int, const char *));
|
---|
442 | static void write_attr_valueq PARAMS ((struct attr_desc *, const char *));
|
---|
443 | static void write_attr_value PARAMS ((struct attr_desc *, rtx));
|
---|
444 | static void write_upcase PARAMS ((const char *));
|
---|
445 | static void write_indent PARAMS ((int));
|
---|
446 | static void write_eligible_delay PARAMS ((const char *));
|
---|
447 | static void write_function_unit_info PARAMS ((void));
|
---|
448 | static void write_complex_function PARAMS ((struct function_unit *, const char *,
|
---|
449 | const char *));
|
---|
450 | static int write_expr_attr_cache PARAMS ((rtx, struct attr_desc *));
|
---|
451 | static void write_toplevel_expr PARAMS ((rtx));
|
---|
452 | static void write_const_num_delay_slots PARAMS ((void));
|
---|
453 | static int n_comma_elts PARAMS ((const char *));
|
---|
454 | static char *next_comma_elt PARAMS ((const char **));
|
---|
455 | static struct attr_desc *find_attr PARAMS ((const char *, int));
|
---|
456 | static void make_internal_attr PARAMS ((const char *, rtx, int));
|
---|
457 | static struct attr_value *find_most_used PARAMS ((struct attr_desc *));
|
---|
458 | static rtx find_single_value PARAMS ((struct attr_desc *));
|
---|
459 | static rtx make_numeric_value PARAMS ((int));
|
---|
460 | static void extend_range PARAMS ((struct range *, int, int));
|
---|
461 | static rtx attr_eq PARAMS ((const char *, const char *));
|
---|
462 | static const char *attr_numeral PARAMS ((int));
|
---|
463 | static int attr_equal_p PARAMS ((rtx, rtx));
|
---|
464 | static rtx attr_copy_rtx PARAMS ((rtx));
|
---|
465 | static int attr_rtx_cost PARAMS ((rtx));
|
---|
466 |
|
---|
467 | #define oballoc(size) obstack_alloc (hash_obstack, size)
|
---|
468 | |
---|
469 |
|
---|
470 | /* Hash table for sharing RTL and strings. */
|
---|
471 |
|
---|
472 | /* Each hash table slot is a bucket containing a chain of these structures.
|
---|
473 | Strings are given negative hash codes; RTL expressions are given positive
|
---|
474 | hash codes. */
|
---|
475 |
|
---|
476 | struct attr_hash
|
---|
477 | {
|
---|
478 | struct attr_hash *next; /* Next structure in the bucket. */
|
---|
479 | int hashcode; /* Hash code of this rtx or string. */
|
---|
480 | union
|
---|
481 | {
|
---|
482 | char *str; /* The string (negative hash codes) */
|
---|
483 | rtx rtl; /* or the RTL recorded here. */
|
---|
484 | } u;
|
---|
485 | };
|
---|
486 |
|
---|
487 | /* Now here is the hash table. When recording an RTL, it is added to
|
---|
488 | the slot whose index is the hash code mod the table size. Note
|
---|
489 | that the hash table is used for several kinds of RTL (see attr_rtx)
|
---|
490 | and for strings. While all these live in the same table, they are
|
---|
491 | completely independent, and the hash code is computed differently
|
---|
492 | for each. */
|
---|
493 |
|
---|
494 | #define RTL_HASH_SIZE 4093
|
---|
495 | struct attr_hash *attr_hash_table[RTL_HASH_SIZE];
|
---|
496 |
|
---|
497 | /* Here is how primitive or already-shared RTL's hash
|
---|
498 | codes are made. */
|
---|
499 | #define RTL_HASH(RTL) ((long) (RTL) & 0777777)
|
---|
500 |
|
---|
501 | /* Add an entry to the hash table for RTL with hash code HASHCODE. */
|
---|
502 |
|
---|
503 | static void
|
---|
504 | attr_hash_add_rtx (hashcode, rtl)
|
---|
505 | int hashcode;
|
---|
506 | rtx rtl;
|
---|
507 | {
|
---|
508 | struct attr_hash *h;
|
---|
509 |
|
---|
510 | h = (struct attr_hash *) obstack_alloc (hash_obstack,
|
---|
511 | sizeof (struct attr_hash));
|
---|
512 | h->hashcode = hashcode;
|
---|
513 | h->u.rtl = rtl;
|
---|
514 | h->next = attr_hash_table[hashcode % RTL_HASH_SIZE];
|
---|
515 | attr_hash_table[hashcode % RTL_HASH_SIZE] = h;
|
---|
516 | }
|
---|
517 |
|
---|
518 | /* Add an entry to the hash table for STRING with hash code HASHCODE. */
|
---|
519 |
|
---|
520 | static void
|
---|
521 | attr_hash_add_string (hashcode, str)
|
---|
522 | int hashcode;
|
---|
523 | char *str;
|
---|
524 | {
|
---|
525 | struct attr_hash *h;
|
---|
526 |
|
---|
527 | h = (struct attr_hash *) obstack_alloc (hash_obstack,
|
---|
528 | sizeof (struct attr_hash));
|
---|
529 | h->hashcode = -hashcode;
|
---|
530 | h->u.str = str;
|
---|
531 | h->next = attr_hash_table[hashcode % RTL_HASH_SIZE];
|
---|
532 | attr_hash_table[hashcode % RTL_HASH_SIZE] = h;
|
---|
533 | }
|
---|
534 |
|
---|
535 | /* Generate an RTL expression, but avoid duplicates.
|
---|
536 | Set the RTX_INTEGRATED_P flag for these permanent objects.
|
---|
537 |
|
---|
538 | In some cases we cannot uniquify; then we return an ordinary
|
---|
539 | impermanent rtx with RTX_INTEGRATED_P clear.
|
---|
540 |
|
---|
541 | Args are like gen_rtx, but without the mode:
|
---|
542 |
|
---|
543 | rtx attr_rtx (code, [element1, ..., elementn]) */
|
---|
544 |
|
---|
545 | static rtx
|
---|
546 | attr_rtx_1 (code, p)
|
---|
547 | enum rtx_code code;
|
---|
548 | va_list p;
|
---|
549 | {
|
---|
550 | rtx rt_val = NULL_RTX;/* RTX to return to caller... */
|
---|
551 | int hashcode;
|
---|
552 | struct attr_hash *h;
|
---|
553 | struct obstack *old_obstack = rtl_obstack;
|
---|
554 |
|
---|
555 | /* For each of several cases, search the hash table for an existing entry.
|
---|
556 | Use that entry if one is found; otherwise create a new RTL and add it
|
---|
557 | to the table. */
|
---|
558 |
|
---|
559 | if (GET_RTX_CLASS (code) == '1')
|
---|
560 | {
|
---|
561 | rtx arg0 = va_arg (p, rtx);
|
---|
562 |
|
---|
563 | /* A permanent object cannot point to impermanent ones. */
|
---|
564 | if (! RTX_INTEGRATED_P (arg0))
|
---|
565 | {
|
---|
566 | rt_val = rtx_alloc (code);
|
---|
567 | XEXP (rt_val, 0) = arg0;
|
---|
568 | return rt_val;
|
---|
569 | }
|
---|
570 |
|
---|
571 | hashcode = ((HOST_WIDE_INT) code + RTL_HASH (arg0));
|
---|
572 | for (h = attr_hash_table[hashcode % RTL_HASH_SIZE]; h; h = h->next)
|
---|
573 | if (h->hashcode == hashcode
|
---|
574 | && GET_CODE (h->u.rtl) == code
|
---|
575 | && XEXP (h->u.rtl, 0) == arg0)
|
---|
576 | return h->u.rtl;
|
---|
577 |
|
---|
578 | if (h == 0)
|
---|
579 | {
|
---|
580 | rtl_obstack = hash_obstack;
|
---|
581 | rt_val = rtx_alloc (code);
|
---|
582 | XEXP (rt_val, 0) = arg0;
|
---|
583 | }
|
---|
584 | }
|
---|
585 | else if (GET_RTX_CLASS (code) == 'c'
|
---|
586 | || GET_RTX_CLASS (code) == '2'
|
---|
587 | || GET_RTX_CLASS (code) == '<')
|
---|
588 | {
|
---|
589 | rtx arg0 = va_arg (p, rtx);
|
---|
590 | rtx arg1 = va_arg (p, rtx);
|
---|
591 |
|
---|
592 | /* A permanent object cannot point to impermanent ones. */
|
---|
593 | if (! RTX_INTEGRATED_P (arg0) || ! RTX_INTEGRATED_P (arg1))
|
---|
594 | {
|
---|
595 | rt_val = rtx_alloc (code);
|
---|
596 | XEXP (rt_val, 0) = arg0;
|
---|
597 | XEXP (rt_val, 1) = arg1;
|
---|
598 | return rt_val;
|
---|
599 | }
|
---|
600 |
|
---|
601 | hashcode = ((HOST_WIDE_INT) code + RTL_HASH (arg0) + RTL_HASH (arg1));
|
---|
602 | for (h = attr_hash_table[hashcode % RTL_HASH_SIZE]; h; h = h->next)
|
---|
603 | if (h->hashcode == hashcode
|
---|
604 | && GET_CODE (h->u.rtl) == code
|
---|
605 | && XEXP (h->u.rtl, 0) == arg0
|
---|
606 | && XEXP (h->u.rtl, 1) == arg1)
|
---|
607 | return h->u.rtl;
|
---|
608 |
|
---|
609 | if (h == 0)
|
---|
610 | {
|
---|
611 | rtl_obstack = hash_obstack;
|
---|
612 | rt_val = rtx_alloc (code);
|
---|
613 | XEXP (rt_val, 0) = arg0;
|
---|
614 | XEXP (rt_val, 1) = arg1;
|
---|
615 | }
|
---|
616 | }
|
---|
617 | else if (GET_RTX_LENGTH (code) == 1
|
---|
618 | && GET_RTX_FORMAT (code)[0] == 's')
|
---|
619 | {
|
---|
620 | char *arg0 = va_arg (p, char *);
|
---|
621 |
|
---|
622 | if (code == SYMBOL_REF)
|
---|
623 | arg0 = attr_string (arg0, strlen (arg0));
|
---|
624 |
|
---|
625 | hashcode = ((HOST_WIDE_INT) code + RTL_HASH (arg0));
|
---|
626 | for (h = attr_hash_table[hashcode % RTL_HASH_SIZE]; h; h = h->next)
|
---|
627 | if (h->hashcode == hashcode
|
---|
628 | && GET_CODE (h->u.rtl) == code
|
---|
629 | && XSTR (h->u.rtl, 0) == arg0)
|
---|
630 | return h->u.rtl;
|
---|
631 |
|
---|
632 | if (h == 0)
|
---|
633 | {
|
---|
634 | rtl_obstack = hash_obstack;
|
---|
635 | rt_val = rtx_alloc (code);
|
---|
636 | XSTR (rt_val, 0) = arg0;
|
---|
637 | }
|
---|
638 | }
|
---|
639 | else if (GET_RTX_LENGTH (code) == 2
|
---|
640 | && GET_RTX_FORMAT (code)[0] == 's'
|
---|
641 | && GET_RTX_FORMAT (code)[1] == 's')
|
---|
642 | {
|
---|
643 | char *arg0 = va_arg (p, char *);
|
---|
644 | char *arg1 = va_arg (p, char *);
|
---|
645 |
|
---|
646 | hashcode = ((HOST_WIDE_INT) code + RTL_HASH (arg0) + RTL_HASH (arg1));
|
---|
647 | for (h = attr_hash_table[hashcode % RTL_HASH_SIZE]; h; h = h->next)
|
---|
648 | if (h->hashcode == hashcode
|
---|
649 | && GET_CODE (h->u.rtl) == code
|
---|
650 | && XSTR (h->u.rtl, 0) == arg0
|
---|
651 | && XSTR (h->u.rtl, 1) == arg1)
|
---|
652 | return h->u.rtl;
|
---|
653 |
|
---|
654 | if (h == 0)
|
---|
655 | {
|
---|
656 | rtl_obstack = hash_obstack;
|
---|
657 | rt_val = rtx_alloc (code);
|
---|
658 | XSTR (rt_val, 0) = arg0;
|
---|
659 | XSTR (rt_val, 1) = arg1;
|
---|
660 | }
|
---|
661 | }
|
---|
662 | else if (code == CONST_INT)
|
---|
663 | {
|
---|
664 | HOST_WIDE_INT arg0 = va_arg (p, HOST_WIDE_INT);
|
---|
665 | if (arg0 == 0)
|
---|
666 | return false_rtx;
|
---|
667 | else if (arg0 == 1)
|
---|
668 | return true_rtx;
|
---|
669 | else
|
---|
670 | goto nohash;
|
---|
671 | }
|
---|
672 | else
|
---|
673 | {
|
---|
674 | int i; /* Array indices... */
|
---|
675 | const char *fmt; /* Current rtx's format... */
|
---|
676 | nohash:
|
---|
677 | rt_val = rtx_alloc (code); /* Allocate the storage space. */
|
---|
678 |
|
---|
679 | fmt = GET_RTX_FORMAT (code); /* Find the right format... */
|
---|
680 | for (i = 0; i < GET_RTX_LENGTH (code); i++)
|
---|
681 | {
|
---|
682 | switch (*fmt++)
|
---|
683 | {
|
---|
684 | case '0': /* Unused field. */
|
---|
685 | break;
|
---|
686 |
|
---|
687 | case 'i': /* An integer? */
|
---|
688 | XINT (rt_val, i) = va_arg (p, int);
|
---|
689 | break;
|
---|
690 |
|
---|
691 | case 'w': /* A wide integer? */
|
---|
692 | XWINT (rt_val, i) = va_arg (p, HOST_WIDE_INT);
|
---|
693 | break;
|
---|
694 |
|
---|
695 | case 's': /* A string? */
|
---|
696 | XSTR (rt_val, i) = va_arg (p, char *);
|
---|
697 | break;
|
---|
698 |
|
---|
699 | case 'e': /* An expression? */
|
---|
700 | case 'u': /* An insn? Same except when printing. */
|
---|
701 | XEXP (rt_val, i) = va_arg (p, rtx);
|
---|
702 | break;
|
---|
703 |
|
---|
704 | case 'E': /* An RTX vector? */
|
---|
705 | XVEC (rt_val, i) = va_arg (p, rtvec);
|
---|
706 | break;
|
---|
707 |
|
---|
708 | default:
|
---|
709 | abort ();
|
---|
710 | }
|
---|
711 | }
|
---|
712 | return rt_val;
|
---|
713 | }
|
---|
714 |
|
---|
715 | rtl_obstack = old_obstack;
|
---|
716 | attr_hash_add_rtx (hashcode, rt_val);
|
---|
717 | RTX_INTEGRATED_P (rt_val) = 1;
|
---|
718 | return rt_val;
|
---|
719 | }
|
---|
720 |
|
---|
721 | static rtx
|
---|
722 | attr_rtx VPARAMS ((enum rtx_code code, ...))
|
---|
723 | {
|
---|
724 | rtx result;
|
---|
725 |
|
---|
726 | VA_OPEN (p, code);
|
---|
727 | VA_FIXEDARG (p, enum rtx_code, code);
|
---|
728 | result = attr_rtx_1 (code, p);
|
---|
729 | VA_CLOSE (p);
|
---|
730 | return result;
|
---|
731 | }
|
---|
732 |
|
---|
733 | /* Create a new string printed with the printf line arguments into a space
|
---|
734 | of at most LEN bytes:
|
---|
735 |
|
---|
736 | rtx attr_printf (len, format, [arg1, ..., argn]) */
|
---|
737 |
|
---|
738 | static char *
|
---|
739 | attr_printf VPARAMS ((unsigned int len, const char *fmt, ...))
|
---|
740 | {
|
---|
741 | char str[256];
|
---|
742 |
|
---|
743 | VA_OPEN (p, fmt);
|
---|
744 | VA_FIXEDARG (p, unsigned int, len);
|
---|
745 | VA_FIXEDARG (p, const char *, fmt);
|
---|
746 |
|
---|
747 | if (len > sizeof str - 1) /* Leave room for \0. */
|
---|
748 | abort ();
|
---|
749 |
|
---|
750 | vsprintf (str, fmt, p);
|
---|
751 | VA_CLOSE (p);
|
---|
752 |
|
---|
753 | return attr_string (str, strlen (str));
|
---|
754 | }
|
---|
755 |
|
---|
756 | static rtx
|
---|
757 | attr_eq (name, value)
|
---|
758 | const char *name, *value;
|
---|
759 | {
|
---|
760 | return attr_rtx (EQ_ATTR, attr_string (name, strlen (name)),
|
---|
761 | attr_string (value, strlen (value)));
|
---|
762 | }
|
---|
763 |
|
---|
764 | static const char *
|
---|
765 | attr_numeral (n)
|
---|
766 | int n;
|
---|
767 | {
|
---|
768 | return XSTR (make_numeric_value (n), 0);
|
---|
769 | }
|
---|
770 |
|
---|
771 | /* Return a permanent (possibly shared) copy of a string STR (not assumed
|
---|
772 | to be null terminated) with LEN bytes. */
|
---|
773 |
|
---|
774 | static char *
|
---|
775 | attr_string (str, len)
|
---|
776 | const char *str;
|
---|
777 | int len;
|
---|
778 | {
|
---|
779 | struct attr_hash *h;
|
---|
780 | int hashcode;
|
---|
781 | int i;
|
---|
782 | char *new_str;
|
---|
783 |
|
---|
784 | /* Compute the hash code. */
|
---|
785 | hashcode = (len + 1) * 613 + (unsigned) str[0];
|
---|
786 | for (i = 1; i <= len; i += 2)
|
---|
787 | hashcode = ((hashcode * 613) + (unsigned) str[i]);
|
---|
788 | if (hashcode < 0)
|
---|
789 | hashcode = -hashcode;
|
---|
790 |
|
---|
791 | /* Search the table for the string. */
|
---|
792 | for (h = attr_hash_table[hashcode % RTL_HASH_SIZE]; h; h = h->next)
|
---|
793 | if (h->hashcode == -hashcode && h->u.str[0] == str[0]
|
---|
794 | && !strncmp (h->u.str, str, len))
|
---|
795 | return h->u.str; /* <-- return if found. */
|
---|
796 |
|
---|
797 | /* Not found; create a permanent copy and add it to the hash table. */
|
---|
798 | new_str = (char *) obstack_alloc (hash_obstack, len + 1);
|
---|
799 | memcpy (new_str, str, len);
|
---|
800 | new_str[len] = '\0';
|
---|
801 | attr_hash_add_string (hashcode, new_str);
|
---|
802 |
|
---|
803 | return new_str; /* Return the new string. */
|
---|
804 | }
|
---|
805 |
|
---|
806 | /* Check two rtx's for equality of contents,
|
---|
807 | taking advantage of the fact that if both are hashed
|
---|
808 | then they can't be equal unless they are the same object. */
|
---|
809 |
|
---|
810 | static int
|
---|
811 | attr_equal_p (x, y)
|
---|
812 | rtx x, y;
|
---|
813 | {
|
---|
814 | return (x == y || (! (RTX_INTEGRATED_P (x) && RTX_INTEGRATED_P (y))
|
---|
815 | && rtx_equal_p (x, y)));
|
---|
816 | }
|
---|
817 | |
---|
818 |
|
---|
819 | /* Copy an attribute value expression,
|
---|
820 | descending to all depths, but not copying any
|
---|
821 | permanent hashed subexpressions. */
|
---|
822 |
|
---|
823 | static rtx
|
---|
824 | attr_copy_rtx (orig)
|
---|
825 | rtx orig;
|
---|
826 | {
|
---|
827 | rtx copy;
|
---|
828 | int i, j;
|
---|
829 | RTX_CODE code;
|
---|
830 | const char *format_ptr;
|
---|
831 |
|
---|
832 | /* No need to copy a permanent object. */
|
---|
833 | if (RTX_INTEGRATED_P (orig))
|
---|
834 | return orig;
|
---|
835 |
|
---|
836 | code = GET_CODE (orig);
|
---|
837 |
|
---|
838 | switch (code)
|
---|
839 | {
|
---|
840 | case REG:
|
---|
841 | case QUEUED:
|
---|
842 | case CONST_INT:
|
---|
843 | case CONST_DOUBLE:
|
---|
844 | case CONST_VECTOR:
|
---|
845 | case SYMBOL_REF:
|
---|
846 | case CODE_LABEL:
|
---|
847 | case PC:
|
---|
848 | case CC0:
|
---|
849 | return orig;
|
---|
850 |
|
---|
851 | default:
|
---|
852 | break;
|
---|
853 | }
|
---|
854 |
|
---|
855 | copy = rtx_alloc (code);
|
---|
856 | PUT_MODE (copy, GET_MODE (orig));
|
---|
857 | copy->in_struct = orig->in_struct;
|
---|
858 | copy->volatil = orig->volatil;
|
---|
859 | copy->unchanging = orig->unchanging;
|
---|
860 | copy->integrated = orig->integrated;
|
---|
861 |
|
---|
862 | format_ptr = GET_RTX_FORMAT (GET_CODE (copy));
|
---|
863 |
|
---|
864 | for (i = 0; i < GET_RTX_LENGTH (GET_CODE (copy)); i++)
|
---|
865 | {
|
---|
866 | switch (*format_ptr++)
|
---|
867 | {
|
---|
868 | case 'e':
|
---|
869 | XEXP (copy, i) = XEXP (orig, i);
|
---|
870 | if (XEXP (orig, i) != NULL)
|
---|
871 | XEXP (copy, i) = attr_copy_rtx (XEXP (orig, i));
|
---|
872 | break;
|
---|
873 |
|
---|
874 | case 'E':
|
---|
875 | case 'V':
|
---|
876 | XVEC (copy, i) = XVEC (orig, i);
|
---|
877 | if (XVEC (orig, i) != NULL)
|
---|
878 | {
|
---|
879 | XVEC (copy, i) = rtvec_alloc (XVECLEN (orig, i));
|
---|
880 | for (j = 0; j < XVECLEN (copy, i); j++)
|
---|
881 | XVECEXP (copy, i, j) = attr_copy_rtx (XVECEXP (orig, i, j));
|
---|
882 | }
|
---|
883 | break;
|
---|
884 |
|
---|
885 | case 'n':
|
---|
886 | case 'i':
|
---|
887 | XINT (copy, i) = XINT (orig, i);
|
---|
888 | break;
|
---|
889 |
|
---|
890 | case 'w':
|
---|
891 | XWINT (copy, i) = XWINT (orig, i);
|
---|
892 | break;
|
---|
893 |
|
---|
894 | case 's':
|
---|
895 | case 'S':
|
---|
896 | XSTR (copy, i) = XSTR (orig, i);
|
---|
897 | break;
|
---|
898 |
|
---|
899 | default:
|
---|
900 | abort ();
|
---|
901 | }
|
---|
902 | }
|
---|
903 | return copy;
|
---|
904 | }
|
---|
905 | |
---|
906 |
|
---|
907 | /* Given a test expression for an attribute, ensure it is validly formed.
|
---|
908 | IS_CONST indicates whether the expression is constant for each compiler
|
---|
909 | run (a constant expression may not test any particular insn).
|
---|
910 |
|
---|
911 | Convert (eq_attr "att" "a1,a2") to (ior (eq_attr ... ) (eq_attrq ..))
|
---|
912 | and (eq_attr "att" "!a1") to (not (eq_attr "att" "a1")). Do the latter
|
---|
913 | test first so that (eq_attr "att" "!a1,a2,a3") works as expected.
|
---|
914 |
|
---|
915 | Update the string address in EQ_ATTR expression to be the same used
|
---|
916 | in the attribute (or `alternative_name') to speed up subsequent
|
---|
917 | `find_attr' calls and eliminate most `strcmp' calls.
|
---|
918 |
|
---|
919 | Return the new expression, if any. */
|
---|
920 |
|
---|
921 | static rtx
|
---|
922 | check_attr_test (exp, is_const, lineno)
|
---|
923 | rtx exp;
|
---|
924 | int is_const;
|
---|
925 | int lineno;
|
---|
926 | {
|
---|
927 | struct attr_desc *attr;
|
---|
928 | struct attr_value *av;
|
---|
929 | const char *name_ptr, *p;
|
---|
930 | rtx orexp, newexp;
|
---|
931 |
|
---|
932 | switch (GET_CODE (exp))
|
---|
933 | {
|
---|
934 | case EQ_ATTR:
|
---|
935 | /* Handle negation test. */
|
---|
936 | if (XSTR (exp, 1)[0] == '!')
|
---|
937 | return check_attr_test (attr_rtx (NOT,
|
---|
938 | attr_eq (XSTR (exp, 0),
|
---|
939 | &XSTR (exp, 1)[1])),
|
---|
940 | is_const, lineno);
|
---|
941 |
|
---|
942 | else if (n_comma_elts (XSTR (exp, 1)) == 1)
|
---|
943 | {
|
---|
944 | attr = find_attr (XSTR (exp, 0), 0);
|
---|
945 | if (attr == NULL)
|
---|
946 | {
|
---|
947 | if (! strcmp (XSTR (exp, 0), "alternative"))
|
---|
948 | {
|
---|
949 | XSTR (exp, 0) = alternative_name;
|
---|
950 | /* This can't be simplified any further. */
|
---|
951 | RTX_UNCHANGING_P (exp) = 1;
|
---|
952 | return exp;
|
---|
953 | }
|
---|
954 | else
|
---|
955 | fatal ("unknown attribute `%s' in EQ_ATTR", XSTR (exp, 0));
|
---|
956 | }
|
---|
957 |
|
---|
958 | if (is_const && ! attr->is_const)
|
---|
959 | fatal ("constant expression uses insn attribute `%s' in EQ_ATTR",
|
---|
960 | XSTR (exp, 0));
|
---|
961 |
|
---|
962 | /* Copy this just to make it permanent,
|
---|
963 | so expressions using it can be permanent too. */
|
---|
964 | exp = attr_eq (XSTR (exp, 0), XSTR (exp, 1));
|
---|
965 |
|
---|
966 | /* It shouldn't be possible to simplify the value given to a
|
---|
967 | constant attribute, so don't expand this until it's time to
|
---|
968 | write the test expression. */
|
---|
969 | if (attr->is_const)
|
---|
970 | RTX_UNCHANGING_P (exp) = 1;
|
---|
971 |
|
---|
972 | if (attr->is_numeric)
|
---|
973 | {
|
---|
974 | for (p = XSTR (exp, 1); *p; p++)
|
---|
975 | if (! ISDIGIT (*p))
|
---|
976 | fatal ("attribute `%s' takes only numeric values",
|
---|
977 | XSTR (exp, 0));
|
---|
978 | }
|
---|
979 | else
|
---|
980 | {
|
---|
981 | for (av = attr->first_value; av; av = av->next)
|
---|
982 | if (GET_CODE (av->value) == CONST_STRING
|
---|
983 | && ! strcmp (XSTR (exp, 1), XSTR (av->value, 0)))
|
---|
984 | break;
|
---|
985 |
|
---|
986 | if (av == NULL)
|
---|
987 | fatal ("unknown value `%s' for `%s' attribute",
|
---|
988 | XSTR (exp, 1), XSTR (exp, 0));
|
---|
989 | }
|
---|
990 | }
|
---|
991 | else
|
---|
992 | {
|
---|
993 | /* Make an IOR tree of the possible values. */
|
---|
994 | orexp = false_rtx;
|
---|
995 | name_ptr = XSTR (exp, 1);
|
---|
996 | while ((p = next_comma_elt (&name_ptr)) != NULL)
|
---|
997 | {
|
---|
998 | newexp = attr_eq (XSTR (exp, 0), p);
|
---|
999 | orexp = insert_right_side (IOR, orexp, newexp, -2, -2);
|
---|
1000 | }
|
---|
1001 |
|
---|
1002 | return check_attr_test (orexp, is_const, lineno);
|
---|
1003 | }
|
---|
1004 | break;
|
---|
1005 |
|
---|
1006 | case ATTR_FLAG:
|
---|
1007 | break;
|
---|
1008 |
|
---|
1009 | case CONST_INT:
|
---|
1010 | /* Either TRUE or FALSE. */
|
---|
1011 | if (XWINT (exp, 0))
|
---|
1012 | return true_rtx;
|
---|
1013 | else
|
---|
1014 | return false_rtx;
|
---|
1015 |
|
---|
1016 | case IOR:
|
---|
1017 | case AND:
|
---|
1018 | XEXP (exp, 0) = check_attr_test (XEXP (exp, 0), is_const, lineno);
|
---|
1019 | XEXP (exp, 1) = check_attr_test (XEXP (exp, 1), is_const, lineno);
|
---|
1020 | break;
|
---|
1021 |
|
---|
1022 | case NOT:
|
---|
1023 | XEXP (exp, 0) = check_attr_test (XEXP (exp, 0), is_const, lineno);
|
---|
1024 | break;
|
---|
1025 |
|
---|
1026 | case MATCH_INSN:
|
---|
1027 | case MATCH_OPERAND:
|
---|
1028 | if (is_const)
|
---|
1029 | fatal ("RTL operator \"%s\" not valid in constant attribute test",
|
---|
1030 | GET_RTX_NAME (GET_CODE (exp)));
|
---|
1031 | /* These cases can't be simplified. */
|
---|
1032 | RTX_UNCHANGING_P (exp) = 1;
|
---|
1033 | break;
|
---|
1034 |
|
---|
1035 | case LE: case LT: case GT: case GE:
|
---|
1036 | case LEU: case LTU: case GTU: case GEU:
|
---|
1037 | case NE: case EQ:
|
---|
1038 | if (GET_CODE (XEXP (exp, 0)) == SYMBOL_REF
|
---|
1039 | && GET_CODE (XEXP (exp, 1)) == SYMBOL_REF)
|
---|
1040 | exp = attr_rtx (GET_CODE (exp),
|
---|
1041 | attr_rtx (SYMBOL_REF, XSTR (XEXP (exp, 0), 0)),
|
---|
1042 | attr_rtx (SYMBOL_REF, XSTR (XEXP (exp, 1), 0)));
|
---|
1043 | /* These cases can't be simplified. */
|
---|
1044 | RTX_UNCHANGING_P (exp) = 1;
|
---|
1045 | break;
|
---|
1046 |
|
---|
1047 | case SYMBOL_REF:
|
---|
1048 | if (is_const)
|
---|
1049 | {
|
---|
1050 | /* These cases are valid for constant attributes, but can't be
|
---|
1051 | simplified. */
|
---|
1052 | exp = attr_rtx (SYMBOL_REF, XSTR (exp, 0));
|
---|
1053 | RTX_UNCHANGING_P (exp) = 1;
|
---|
1054 | break;
|
---|
1055 | }
|
---|
1056 | default:
|
---|
1057 | fatal ("RTL operator \"%s\" not valid in attribute test",
|
---|
1058 | GET_RTX_NAME (GET_CODE (exp)));
|
---|
1059 | }
|
---|
1060 |
|
---|
1061 | return exp;
|
---|
1062 | }
|
---|
1063 | |
---|
1064 |
|
---|
1065 | /* Given an expression, ensure that it is validly formed and that all named
|
---|
1066 | attribute values are valid for the given attribute. Issue a fatal error
|
---|
1067 | if not. If no attribute is specified, assume a numeric attribute.
|
---|
1068 |
|
---|
1069 | Return a perhaps modified replacement expression for the value. */
|
---|
1070 |
|
---|
1071 | static rtx
|
---|
1072 | check_attr_value (exp, attr)
|
---|
1073 | rtx exp;
|
---|
1074 | struct attr_desc *attr;
|
---|
1075 | {
|
---|
1076 | struct attr_value *av;
|
---|
1077 | const char *p;
|
---|
1078 | int i;
|
---|
1079 |
|
---|
1080 | switch (GET_CODE (exp))
|
---|
1081 | {
|
---|
1082 | case CONST_INT:
|
---|
1083 | if (attr && ! attr->is_numeric)
|
---|
1084 | {
|
---|
1085 | message_with_line (attr->lineno,
|
---|
1086 | "CONST_INT not valid for non-numeric attribute %s",
|
---|
1087 | attr->name);
|
---|
1088 | have_error = 1;
|
---|
1089 | break;
|
---|
1090 | }
|
---|
1091 |
|
---|
1092 | if (INTVAL (exp) < 0 && ! attr->negative_ok)
|
---|
1093 | {
|
---|
1094 | message_with_line (attr->lineno,
|
---|
1095 | "negative numeric value specified for attribute %s",
|
---|
1096 | attr->name);
|
---|
1097 | have_error = 1;
|
---|
1098 | break;
|
---|
1099 | }
|
---|
1100 | break;
|
---|
1101 |
|
---|
1102 | case CONST_STRING:
|
---|
1103 | if (! strcmp (XSTR (exp, 0), "*"))
|
---|
1104 | break;
|
---|
1105 |
|
---|
1106 | if (attr == 0 || attr->is_numeric)
|
---|
1107 | {
|
---|
1108 | p = XSTR (exp, 0);
|
---|
1109 | if (attr && attr->negative_ok && *p == '-')
|
---|
1110 | p++;
|
---|
1111 | for (; *p; p++)
|
---|
1112 | if (! ISDIGIT (*p))
|
---|
1113 | {
|
---|
1114 | message_with_line (attr ? attr->lineno : 0,
|
---|
1115 | "non-numeric value for numeric attribute %s",
|
---|
1116 | attr ? attr->name : "internal");
|
---|
1117 | have_error = 1;
|
---|
1118 | break;
|
---|
1119 | }
|
---|
1120 | break;
|
---|
1121 | }
|
---|
1122 |
|
---|
1123 | for (av = attr->first_value; av; av = av->next)
|
---|
1124 | if (GET_CODE (av->value) == CONST_STRING
|
---|
1125 | && ! strcmp (XSTR (av->value, 0), XSTR (exp, 0)))
|
---|
1126 | break;
|
---|
1127 |
|
---|
1128 | if (av == NULL)
|
---|
1129 | {
|
---|
1130 | message_with_line (attr->lineno,
|
---|
1131 | "unknown value `%s' for `%s' attribute",
|
---|
1132 | XSTR (exp, 0), attr ? attr->name : "internal");
|
---|
1133 | have_error = 1;
|
---|
1134 | }
|
---|
1135 | break;
|
---|
1136 |
|
---|
1137 | case IF_THEN_ELSE:
|
---|
1138 | XEXP (exp, 0) = check_attr_test (XEXP (exp, 0),
|
---|
1139 | attr ? attr->is_const : 0,
|
---|
1140 | attr ? attr->lineno : 0);
|
---|
1141 | XEXP (exp, 1) = check_attr_value (XEXP (exp, 1), attr);
|
---|
1142 | XEXP (exp, 2) = check_attr_value (XEXP (exp, 2), attr);
|
---|
1143 | break;
|
---|
1144 |
|
---|
1145 | case PLUS:
|
---|
1146 | case MINUS:
|
---|
1147 | case MULT:
|
---|
1148 | case DIV:
|
---|
1149 | case MOD:
|
---|
1150 | if (attr && !attr->is_numeric)
|
---|
1151 | {
|
---|
1152 | message_with_line (attr->lineno,
|
---|
1153 | "invalid operation `%s' for non-numeric attribute value",
|
---|
1154 | GET_RTX_NAME (GET_CODE (exp)));
|
---|
1155 | have_error = 1;
|
---|
1156 | break;
|
---|
1157 | }
|
---|
1158 | /* FALLTHRU */
|
---|
1159 |
|
---|
1160 | case IOR:
|
---|
1161 | case AND:
|
---|
1162 | XEXP (exp, 0) = check_attr_value (XEXP (exp, 0), attr);
|
---|
1163 | XEXP (exp, 1) = check_attr_value (XEXP (exp, 1), attr);
|
---|
1164 | break;
|
---|
1165 |
|
---|
1166 | case FFS:
|
---|
1167 | XEXP (exp, 0) = check_attr_value (XEXP (exp, 0), attr);
|
---|
1168 | break;
|
---|
1169 |
|
---|
1170 | case COND:
|
---|
1171 | if (XVECLEN (exp, 0) % 2 != 0)
|
---|
1172 | {
|
---|
1173 | message_with_line (attr->lineno,
|
---|
1174 | "first operand of COND must have even length");
|
---|
1175 | have_error = 1;
|
---|
1176 | break;
|
---|
1177 | }
|
---|
1178 |
|
---|
1179 | for (i = 0; i < XVECLEN (exp, 0); i += 2)
|
---|
1180 | {
|
---|
1181 | XVECEXP (exp, 0, i) = check_attr_test (XVECEXP (exp, 0, i),
|
---|
1182 | attr ? attr->is_const : 0,
|
---|
1183 | attr ? attr->lineno : 0);
|
---|
1184 | XVECEXP (exp, 0, i + 1)
|
---|
1185 | = check_attr_value (XVECEXP (exp, 0, i + 1), attr);
|
---|
1186 | }
|
---|
1187 |
|
---|
1188 | XEXP (exp, 1) = check_attr_value (XEXP (exp, 1), attr);
|
---|
1189 | break;
|
---|
1190 |
|
---|
1191 | case ATTR:
|
---|
1192 | {
|
---|
1193 | struct attr_desc *attr2 = find_attr (XSTR (exp, 0), 0);
|
---|
1194 | if (attr2 == NULL)
|
---|
1195 | {
|
---|
1196 | message_with_line (attr ? attr->lineno : 0,
|
---|
1197 | "unknown attribute `%s' in ATTR",
|
---|
1198 | XSTR (exp, 0));
|
---|
1199 | have_error = 1;
|
---|
1200 | }
|
---|
1201 | else if (attr && attr->is_const && ! attr2->is_const)
|
---|
1202 | {
|
---|
1203 | message_with_line (attr->lineno,
|
---|
1204 | "non-constant attribute `%s' referenced from `%s'",
|
---|
1205 | XSTR (exp, 0), attr->name);
|
---|
1206 | have_error = 1;
|
---|
1207 | }
|
---|
1208 | else if (attr
|
---|
1209 | && (attr->is_numeric != attr2->is_numeric
|
---|
1210 | || (! attr->negative_ok && attr2->negative_ok)))
|
---|
1211 | {
|
---|
1212 | message_with_line (attr->lineno,
|
---|
1213 | "numeric attribute mismatch calling `%s' from `%s'",
|
---|
1214 | XSTR (exp, 0), attr->name);
|
---|
1215 | have_error = 1;
|
---|
1216 | }
|
---|
1217 | }
|
---|
1218 | break;
|
---|
1219 |
|
---|
1220 | case SYMBOL_REF:
|
---|
1221 | /* A constant SYMBOL_REF is valid as a constant attribute test and
|
---|
1222 | is expanded later by make_canonical into a COND. In a non-constant
|
---|
1223 | attribute test, it is left be. */
|
---|
1224 | return attr_rtx (SYMBOL_REF, XSTR (exp, 0));
|
---|
1225 |
|
---|
1226 | default:
|
---|
1227 | message_with_line (attr ? attr->lineno : 0,
|
---|
1228 | "invalid operation `%s' for attribute value",
|
---|
1229 | GET_RTX_NAME (GET_CODE (exp)));
|
---|
1230 | have_error = 1;
|
---|
1231 | break;
|
---|
1232 | }
|
---|
1233 |
|
---|
1234 | return exp;
|
---|
1235 | }
|
---|
1236 | |
---|
1237 |
|
---|
1238 | /* Given an SET_ATTR_ALTERNATIVE expression, convert to the canonical SET.
|
---|
1239 | It becomes a COND with each test being (eq_attr "alternative "n") */
|
---|
1240 |
|
---|
1241 | static rtx
|
---|
1242 | convert_set_attr_alternative (exp, id)
|
---|
1243 | rtx exp;
|
---|
1244 | struct insn_def *id;
|
---|
1245 | {
|
---|
1246 | int num_alt = id->num_alternatives;
|
---|
1247 | rtx condexp;
|
---|
1248 | int i;
|
---|
1249 |
|
---|
1250 | if (XVECLEN (exp, 1) != num_alt)
|
---|
1251 | {
|
---|
1252 | message_with_line (id->lineno,
|
---|
1253 | "bad number of entries in SET_ATTR_ALTERNATIVE");
|
---|
1254 | have_error = 1;
|
---|
1255 | return NULL_RTX;
|
---|
1256 | }
|
---|
1257 |
|
---|
1258 | /* Make a COND with all tests but the last. Select the last value via the
|
---|
1259 | default. */
|
---|
1260 | condexp = rtx_alloc (COND);
|
---|
1261 | XVEC (condexp, 0) = rtvec_alloc ((num_alt - 1) * 2);
|
---|
1262 |
|
---|
1263 | for (i = 0; i < num_alt - 1; i++)
|
---|
1264 | {
|
---|
1265 | const char *p;
|
---|
1266 | p = attr_numeral (i);
|
---|
1267 |
|
---|
1268 | XVECEXP (condexp, 0, 2 * i) = attr_eq (alternative_name, p);
|
---|
1269 | XVECEXP (condexp, 0, 2 * i + 1) = XVECEXP (exp, 1, i);
|
---|
1270 | }
|
---|
1271 |
|
---|
1272 | XEXP (condexp, 1) = XVECEXP (exp, 1, i);
|
---|
1273 |
|
---|
1274 | return attr_rtx (SET, attr_rtx (ATTR, XSTR (exp, 0)), condexp);
|
---|
1275 | }
|
---|
1276 | |
---|
1277 |
|
---|
1278 | /* Given a SET_ATTR, convert to the appropriate SET. If a comma-separated
|
---|
1279 | list of values is given, convert to SET_ATTR_ALTERNATIVE first. */
|
---|
1280 |
|
---|
1281 | static rtx
|
---|
1282 | convert_set_attr (exp, id)
|
---|
1283 | rtx exp;
|
---|
1284 | struct insn_def *id;
|
---|
1285 | {
|
---|
1286 | rtx newexp;
|
---|
1287 | const char *name_ptr;
|
---|
1288 | char *p;
|
---|
1289 | int n;
|
---|
1290 |
|
---|
1291 | /* See how many alternative specified. */
|
---|
1292 | n = n_comma_elts (XSTR (exp, 1));
|
---|
1293 | if (n == 1)
|
---|
1294 | return attr_rtx (SET,
|
---|
1295 | attr_rtx (ATTR, XSTR (exp, 0)),
|
---|
1296 | attr_rtx (CONST_STRING, XSTR (exp, 1)));
|
---|
1297 |
|
---|
1298 | newexp = rtx_alloc (SET_ATTR_ALTERNATIVE);
|
---|
1299 | XSTR (newexp, 0) = XSTR (exp, 0);
|
---|
1300 | XVEC (newexp, 1) = rtvec_alloc (n);
|
---|
1301 |
|
---|
1302 | /* Process each comma-separated name. */
|
---|
1303 | name_ptr = XSTR (exp, 1);
|
---|
1304 | n = 0;
|
---|
1305 | while ((p = next_comma_elt (&name_ptr)) != NULL)
|
---|
1306 | XVECEXP (newexp, 1, n++) = attr_rtx (CONST_STRING, p);
|
---|
1307 |
|
---|
1308 | return convert_set_attr_alternative (newexp, id);
|
---|
1309 | }
|
---|
1310 | |
---|
1311 |
|
---|
1312 | /* Scan all definitions, checking for validity. Also, convert any SET_ATTR
|
---|
1313 | and SET_ATTR_ALTERNATIVE expressions to the corresponding SET
|
---|
1314 | expressions. */
|
---|
1315 |
|
---|
1316 | static void
|
---|
1317 | check_defs ()
|
---|
1318 | {
|
---|
1319 | struct insn_def *id;
|
---|
1320 | struct attr_desc *attr;
|
---|
1321 | int i;
|
---|
1322 | rtx value;
|
---|
1323 |
|
---|
1324 | for (id = defs; id; id = id->next)
|
---|
1325 | {
|
---|
1326 | if (XVEC (id->def, id->vec_idx) == NULL)
|
---|
1327 | continue;
|
---|
1328 |
|
---|
1329 | for (i = 0; i < XVECLEN (id->def, id->vec_idx); i++)
|
---|
1330 | {
|
---|
1331 | value = XVECEXP (id->def, id->vec_idx, i);
|
---|
1332 | switch (GET_CODE (value))
|
---|
1333 | {
|
---|
1334 | case SET:
|
---|
1335 | if (GET_CODE (XEXP (value, 0)) != ATTR)
|
---|
1336 | {
|
---|
1337 | message_with_line (id->lineno, "bad attribute set");
|
---|
1338 | have_error = 1;
|
---|
1339 | value = NULL_RTX;
|
---|
1340 | }
|
---|
1341 | break;
|
---|
1342 |
|
---|
1343 | case SET_ATTR_ALTERNATIVE:
|
---|
1344 | value = convert_set_attr_alternative (value, id);
|
---|
1345 | break;
|
---|
1346 |
|
---|
1347 | case SET_ATTR:
|
---|
1348 | value = convert_set_attr (value, id);
|
---|
1349 | break;
|
---|
1350 |
|
---|
1351 | default:
|
---|
1352 | message_with_line (id->lineno, "invalid attribute code %s",
|
---|
1353 | GET_RTX_NAME (GET_CODE (value)));
|
---|
1354 | have_error = 1;
|
---|
1355 | value = NULL_RTX;
|
---|
1356 | }
|
---|
1357 | if (value == NULL_RTX)
|
---|
1358 | continue;
|
---|
1359 |
|
---|
1360 | if ((attr = find_attr (XSTR (XEXP (value, 0), 0), 0)) == NULL)
|
---|
1361 | {
|
---|
1362 | message_with_line (id->lineno, "unknown attribute %s",
|
---|
1363 | XSTR (XEXP (value, 0), 0));
|
---|
1364 | have_error = 1;
|
---|
1365 | continue;
|
---|
1366 | }
|
---|
1367 |
|
---|
1368 | XVECEXP (id->def, id->vec_idx, i) = value;
|
---|
1369 | XEXP (value, 1) = check_attr_value (XEXP (value, 1), attr);
|
---|
1370 | }
|
---|
1371 | }
|
---|
1372 | }
|
---|
1373 | |
---|
1374 |
|
---|
1375 | #if 0
|
---|
1376 | /* Given a constant SYMBOL_REF expression, convert to a COND that
|
---|
1377 | explicitly tests each enumerated value. */
|
---|
1378 |
|
---|
1379 | static rtx
|
---|
1380 | convert_const_symbol_ref (exp, attr)
|
---|
1381 | rtx exp;
|
---|
1382 | struct attr_desc *attr;
|
---|
1383 | {
|
---|
1384 | rtx condexp;
|
---|
1385 | struct attr_value *av;
|
---|
1386 | int i;
|
---|
1387 | int num_alt = 0;
|
---|
1388 |
|
---|
1389 | for (av = attr->first_value; av; av = av->next)
|
---|
1390 | num_alt++;
|
---|
1391 |
|
---|
1392 | /* Make a COND with all tests but the last, and in the original order.
|
---|
1393 | Select the last value via the default. Note that the attr values
|
---|
1394 | are constructed in reverse order. */
|
---|
1395 |
|
---|
1396 | condexp = rtx_alloc (COND);
|
---|
1397 | XVEC (condexp, 0) = rtvec_alloc ((num_alt - 1) * 2);
|
---|
1398 | av = attr->first_value;
|
---|
1399 | XEXP (condexp, 1) = av->value;
|
---|
1400 |
|
---|
1401 | for (i = num_alt - 2; av = av->next, i >= 0; i--)
|
---|
1402 | {
|
---|
1403 | char *p, *string;
|
---|
1404 | rtx value;
|
---|
1405 |
|
---|
1406 | string = p = (char *) oballoc (2
|
---|
1407 | + strlen (attr->name)
|
---|
1408 | + strlen (XSTR (av->value, 0)));
|
---|
1409 | strcpy (p, attr->name);
|
---|
1410 | strcat (p, "_");
|
---|
1411 | strcat (p, XSTR (av->value, 0));
|
---|
1412 | for (; *p != '\0'; p++)
|
---|
1413 | *p = TOUPPER (*p);
|
---|
1414 |
|
---|
1415 | value = attr_rtx (SYMBOL_REF, string);
|
---|
1416 | RTX_UNCHANGING_P (value) = 1;
|
---|
1417 |
|
---|
1418 | XVECEXP (condexp, 0, 2 * i) = attr_rtx (EQ, exp, value);
|
---|
1419 |
|
---|
1420 | XVECEXP (condexp, 0, 2 * i + 1) = av->value;
|
---|
1421 | }
|
---|
1422 |
|
---|
1423 | return condexp;
|
---|
1424 | }
|
---|
1425 | #endif
|
---|
1426 | |
---|
1427 |
|
---|
1428 | /* Given a valid expression for an attribute value, remove any IF_THEN_ELSE
|
---|
1429 | expressions by converting them into a COND. This removes cases from this
|
---|
1430 | program. Also, replace an attribute value of "*" with the default attribute
|
---|
1431 | value. */
|
---|
1432 |
|
---|
1433 | static rtx
|
---|
1434 | make_canonical (attr, exp)
|
---|
1435 | struct attr_desc *attr;
|
---|
1436 | rtx exp;
|
---|
1437 | {
|
---|
1438 | int i;
|
---|
1439 | rtx newexp;
|
---|
1440 |
|
---|
1441 | switch (GET_CODE (exp))
|
---|
1442 | {
|
---|
1443 | case CONST_INT:
|
---|
1444 | exp = make_numeric_value (INTVAL (exp));
|
---|
1445 | break;
|
---|
1446 |
|
---|
1447 | case CONST_STRING:
|
---|
1448 | if (! strcmp (XSTR (exp, 0), "*"))
|
---|
1449 | {
|
---|
1450 | if (attr == 0 || attr->default_val == 0)
|
---|
1451 | fatal ("(attr_value \"*\") used in invalid context");
|
---|
1452 | exp = attr->default_val->value;
|
---|
1453 | }
|
---|
1454 |
|
---|
1455 | break;
|
---|
1456 |
|
---|
1457 | case SYMBOL_REF:
|
---|
1458 | if (!attr->is_const || RTX_UNCHANGING_P (exp))
|
---|
1459 | break;
|
---|
1460 | /* The SYMBOL_REF is constant for a given run, so mark it as unchanging.
|
---|
1461 | This makes the COND something that won't be considered an arbitrary
|
---|
1462 | expression by walk_attr_value. */
|
---|
1463 | RTX_UNCHANGING_P (exp) = 1;
|
---|
1464 | #if 0
|
---|
1465 | /* ??? Why do we do this? With attribute values { A B C D E }, this
|
---|
1466 | tends to generate (!(x==A) && !(x==B) && !(x==C) && !(x==D)) rather
|
---|
1467 | than (x==E). */
|
---|
1468 | exp = convert_const_symbol_ref (exp, attr);
|
---|
1469 | RTX_UNCHANGING_P (exp) = 1;
|
---|
1470 | exp = check_attr_value (exp, attr);
|
---|
1471 | /* Goto COND case since this is now a COND. Note that while the
|
---|
1472 | new expression is rescanned, all symbol_ref notes are marked as
|
---|
1473 | unchanging. */
|
---|
1474 | goto cond;
|
---|
1475 | #else
|
---|
1476 | exp = check_attr_value (exp, attr);
|
---|
1477 | break;
|
---|
1478 | #endif
|
---|
1479 |
|
---|
1480 | case IF_THEN_ELSE:
|
---|
1481 | newexp = rtx_alloc (COND);
|
---|
1482 | XVEC (newexp, 0) = rtvec_alloc (2);
|
---|
1483 | XVECEXP (newexp, 0, 0) = XEXP (exp, 0);
|
---|
1484 | XVECEXP (newexp, 0, 1) = XEXP (exp, 1);
|
---|
1485 |
|
---|
1486 | XEXP (newexp, 1) = XEXP (exp, 2);
|
---|
1487 |
|
---|
1488 | exp = newexp;
|
---|
1489 | /* Fall through to COND case since this is now a COND. */
|
---|
1490 |
|
---|
1491 | case COND:
|
---|
1492 | {
|
---|
1493 | int allsame = 1;
|
---|
1494 | rtx defval;
|
---|
1495 |
|
---|
1496 | /* First, check for degenerate COND. */
|
---|
1497 | if (XVECLEN (exp, 0) == 0)
|
---|
1498 | return make_canonical (attr, XEXP (exp, 1));
|
---|
1499 | defval = XEXP (exp, 1) = make_canonical (attr, XEXP (exp, 1));
|
---|
1500 |
|
---|
1501 | for (i = 0; i < XVECLEN (exp, 0); i += 2)
|
---|
1502 | {
|
---|
1503 | XVECEXP (exp, 0, i) = copy_boolean (XVECEXP (exp, 0, i));
|
---|
1504 | XVECEXP (exp, 0, i + 1)
|
---|
1505 | = make_canonical (attr, XVECEXP (exp, 0, i + 1));
|
---|
1506 | if (! rtx_equal_p (XVECEXP (exp, 0, i + 1), defval))
|
---|
1507 | allsame = 0;
|
---|
1508 | }
|
---|
1509 | if (allsame)
|
---|
1510 | return defval;
|
---|
1511 | }
|
---|
1512 | break;
|
---|
1513 |
|
---|
1514 | default:
|
---|
1515 | break;
|
---|
1516 | }
|
---|
1517 |
|
---|
1518 | return exp;
|
---|
1519 | }
|
---|
1520 |
|
---|
1521 | static rtx
|
---|
1522 | copy_boolean (exp)
|
---|
1523 | rtx exp;
|
---|
1524 | {
|
---|
1525 | if (GET_CODE (exp) == AND || GET_CODE (exp) == IOR)
|
---|
1526 | return attr_rtx (GET_CODE (exp), copy_boolean (XEXP (exp, 0)),
|
---|
1527 | copy_boolean (XEXP (exp, 1)));
|
---|
1528 | return exp;
|
---|
1529 | }
|
---|
1530 | |
---|
1531 |
|
---|
1532 | /* Given a value and an attribute description, return a `struct attr_value *'
|
---|
1533 | that represents that value. This is either an existing structure, if the
|
---|
1534 | value has been previously encountered, or a newly-created structure.
|
---|
1535 |
|
---|
1536 | `insn_code' is the code of an insn whose attribute has the specified
|
---|
1537 | value (-2 if not processing an insn). We ensure that all insns for
|
---|
1538 | a given value have the same number of alternatives if the value checks
|
---|
1539 | alternatives. */
|
---|
1540 |
|
---|
1541 | static struct attr_value *
|
---|
1542 | get_attr_value (value, attr, insn_code)
|
---|
1543 | rtx value;
|
---|
1544 | struct attr_desc *attr;
|
---|
1545 | int insn_code;
|
---|
1546 | {
|
---|
1547 | struct attr_value *av;
|
---|
1548 | int num_alt = 0;
|
---|
1549 |
|
---|
1550 | value = make_canonical (attr, value);
|
---|
1551 | if (compares_alternatives_p (value))
|
---|
1552 | {
|
---|
1553 | if (insn_code < 0 || insn_alternatives == NULL)
|
---|
1554 | fatal ("(eq_attr \"alternatives\" ...) used in non-insn context");
|
---|
1555 | else
|
---|
1556 | num_alt = insn_alternatives[insn_code];
|
---|
1557 | }
|
---|
1558 |
|
---|
1559 | for (av = attr->first_value; av; av = av->next)
|
---|
1560 | if (rtx_equal_p (value, av->value)
|
---|
1561 | && (num_alt == 0 || av->first_insn == NULL
|
---|
1562 | || insn_alternatives[av->first_insn->insn_code]))
|
---|
1563 | return av;
|
---|
1564 |
|
---|
1565 | av = (struct attr_value *) oballoc (sizeof (struct attr_value));
|
---|
1566 | av->value = value;
|
---|
1567 | av->next = attr->first_value;
|
---|
1568 | attr->first_value = av;
|
---|
1569 | av->first_insn = NULL;
|
---|
1570 | av->num_insns = 0;
|
---|
1571 | av->has_asm_insn = 0;
|
---|
1572 |
|
---|
1573 | return av;
|
---|
1574 | }
|
---|
1575 | |
---|
1576 |
|
---|
1577 | /* After all DEFINE_DELAYs have been read in, create internal attributes
|
---|
1578 | to generate the required routines.
|
---|
1579 |
|
---|
1580 | First, we compute the number of delay slots for each insn (as a COND of
|
---|
1581 | each of the test expressions in DEFINE_DELAYs). Then, if more than one
|
---|
1582 | delay type is specified, we compute a similar function giving the
|
---|
1583 | DEFINE_DELAY ordinal for each insn.
|
---|
1584 |
|
---|
1585 | Finally, for each [DEFINE_DELAY, slot #] pair, we compute an attribute that
|
---|
1586 | tells whether a given insn can be in that delay slot.
|
---|
1587 |
|
---|
1588 | Normal attribute filling and optimization expands these to contain the
|
---|
1589 | information needed to handle delay slots. */
|
---|
1590 |
|
---|
1591 | static void
|
---|
1592 | expand_delays ()
|
---|
1593 | {
|
---|
1594 | struct delay_desc *delay;
|
---|
1595 | rtx condexp;
|
---|
1596 | rtx newexp;
|
---|
1597 | int i;
|
---|
1598 | char *p;
|
---|
1599 |
|
---|
1600 | /* First, generate data for `num_delay_slots' function. */
|
---|
1601 |
|
---|
1602 | condexp = rtx_alloc (COND);
|
---|
1603 | XVEC (condexp, 0) = rtvec_alloc (num_delays * 2);
|
---|
1604 | XEXP (condexp, 1) = make_numeric_value (0);
|
---|
1605 |
|
---|
1606 | for (i = 0, delay = delays; delay; i += 2, delay = delay->next)
|
---|
1607 | {
|
---|
1608 | XVECEXP (condexp, 0, i) = XEXP (delay->def, 0);
|
---|
1609 | XVECEXP (condexp, 0, i + 1)
|
---|
1610 | = make_numeric_value (XVECLEN (delay->def, 1) / 3);
|
---|
1611 | }
|
---|
1612 |
|
---|
1613 | make_internal_attr ("*num_delay_slots", condexp, 0);
|
---|
1614 |
|
---|
1615 | /* If more than one delay type, do the same for computing the delay type. */
|
---|
1616 | if (num_delays > 1)
|
---|
1617 | {
|
---|
1618 | condexp = rtx_alloc (COND);
|
---|
1619 | XVEC (condexp, 0) = rtvec_alloc (num_delays * 2);
|
---|
1620 | XEXP (condexp, 1) = make_numeric_value (0);
|
---|
1621 |
|
---|
1622 | for (i = 0, delay = delays; delay; i += 2, delay = delay->next)
|
---|
1623 | {
|
---|
1624 | XVECEXP (condexp, 0, i) = XEXP (delay->def, 0);
|
---|
1625 | XVECEXP (condexp, 0, i + 1) = make_numeric_value (delay->num);
|
---|
1626 | }
|
---|
1627 |
|
---|
1628 | make_internal_attr ("*delay_type", condexp, 1);
|
---|
1629 | }
|
---|
1630 |
|
---|
1631 | /* For each delay possibility and delay slot, compute an eligibility
|
---|
1632 | attribute for non-annulled insns and for each type of annulled (annul
|
---|
1633 | if true and annul if false). */
|
---|
1634 | for (delay = delays; delay; delay = delay->next)
|
---|
1635 | {
|
---|
1636 | for (i = 0; i < XVECLEN (delay->def, 1); i += 3)
|
---|
1637 | {
|
---|
1638 | condexp = XVECEXP (delay->def, 1, i);
|
---|
1639 | if (condexp == 0)
|
---|
1640 | condexp = false_rtx;
|
---|
1641 | newexp = attr_rtx (IF_THEN_ELSE, condexp,
|
---|
1642 | make_numeric_value (1), make_numeric_value (0));
|
---|
1643 |
|
---|
1644 | p = attr_printf (sizeof "*delay__" + MAX_DIGITS * 2,
|
---|
1645 | "*delay_%d_%d", delay->num, i / 3);
|
---|
1646 | make_internal_attr (p, newexp, 1);
|
---|
1647 |
|
---|
1648 | if (have_annul_true)
|
---|
1649 | {
|
---|
1650 | condexp = XVECEXP (delay->def, 1, i + 1);
|
---|
1651 | if (condexp == 0) condexp = false_rtx;
|
---|
1652 | newexp = attr_rtx (IF_THEN_ELSE, condexp,
|
---|
1653 | make_numeric_value (1),
|
---|
1654 | make_numeric_value (0));
|
---|
1655 | p = attr_printf (sizeof "*annul_true__" + MAX_DIGITS * 2,
|
---|
1656 | "*annul_true_%d_%d", delay->num, i / 3);
|
---|
1657 | make_internal_attr (p, newexp, 1);
|
---|
1658 | }
|
---|
1659 |
|
---|
1660 | if (have_annul_false)
|
---|
1661 | {
|
---|
1662 | condexp = XVECEXP (delay->def, 1, i + 2);
|
---|
1663 | if (condexp == 0) condexp = false_rtx;
|
---|
1664 | newexp = attr_rtx (IF_THEN_ELSE, condexp,
|
---|
1665 | make_numeric_value (1),
|
---|
1666 | make_numeric_value (0));
|
---|
1667 | p = attr_printf (sizeof "*annul_false__" + MAX_DIGITS * 2,
|
---|
1668 | "*annul_false_%d_%d", delay->num, i / 3);
|
---|
1669 | make_internal_attr (p, newexp, 1);
|
---|
1670 | }
|
---|
1671 | }
|
---|
1672 | }
|
---|
1673 | }
|
---|
1674 | |
---|
1675 |
|
---|
1676 | /* This function is given a left and right side expression and an operator.
|
---|
1677 | Each side is a conditional expression, each alternative of which has a
|
---|
1678 | numerical value. The function returns another conditional expression
|
---|
1679 | which, for every possible set of condition values, returns a value that is
|
---|
1680 | the operator applied to the values of the two sides.
|
---|
1681 |
|
---|
1682 | Since this is called early, it must also support IF_THEN_ELSE. */
|
---|
1683 |
|
---|
1684 | static rtx
|
---|
1685 | operate_exp (op, left, right)
|
---|
1686 | enum operator op;
|
---|
1687 | rtx left, right;
|
---|
1688 | {
|
---|
1689 | int left_value, right_value;
|
---|
1690 | rtx newexp;
|
---|
1691 | int i;
|
---|
1692 |
|
---|
1693 | /* If left is a string, apply operator to it and the right side. */
|
---|
1694 | if (GET_CODE (left) == CONST_STRING)
|
---|
1695 | {
|
---|
1696 | /* If right is also a string, just perform the operation. */
|
---|
1697 | if (GET_CODE (right) == CONST_STRING)
|
---|
1698 | {
|
---|
1699 | left_value = atoi (XSTR (left, 0));
|
---|
1700 | right_value = atoi (XSTR (right, 0));
|
---|
1701 | switch (op)
|
---|
1702 | {
|
---|
1703 | case PLUS_OP:
|
---|
1704 | i = left_value + right_value;
|
---|
1705 | break;
|
---|
1706 |
|
---|
1707 | case MINUS_OP:
|
---|
1708 | i = left_value - right_value;
|
---|
1709 | break;
|
---|
1710 |
|
---|
1711 | case POS_MINUS_OP: /* The positive part of LEFT - RIGHT. */
|
---|
1712 | if (left_value > right_value)
|
---|
1713 | i = left_value - right_value;
|
---|
1714 | else
|
---|
1715 | i = 0;
|
---|
1716 | break;
|
---|
1717 |
|
---|
1718 | case OR_OP:
|
---|
1719 | case ORX_OP:
|
---|
1720 | i = left_value | right_value;
|
---|
1721 | break;
|
---|
1722 |
|
---|
1723 | case EQ_OP:
|
---|
1724 | i = left_value == right_value;
|
---|
1725 | break;
|
---|
1726 |
|
---|
1727 | case RANGE_OP:
|
---|
1728 | i = (left_value << (HOST_BITS_PER_INT / 2)) | right_value;
|
---|
1729 | break;
|
---|
1730 |
|
---|
1731 | case MAX_OP:
|
---|
1732 | if (left_value > right_value)
|
---|
1733 | i = left_value;
|
---|
1734 | else
|
---|
1735 | i = right_value;
|
---|
1736 | break;
|
---|
1737 |
|
---|
1738 | case MIN_OP:
|
---|
1739 | if (left_value < right_value)
|
---|
1740 | i = left_value;
|
---|
1741 | else
|
---|
1742 | i = right_value;
|
---|
1743 | break;
|
---|
1744 |
|
---|
1745 | default:
|
---|
1746 | abort ();
|
---|
1747 | }
|
---|
1748 |
|
---|
1749 | if (i == left_value)
|
---|
1750 | return left;
|
---|
1751 | if (i == right_value)
|
---|
1752 | return right;
|
---|
1753 | return make_numeric_value (i);
|
---|
1754 | }
|
---|
1755 | else if (GET_CODE (right) == IF_THEN_ELSE)
|
---|
1756 | {
|
---|
1757 | /* Apply recursively to all values within. */
|
---|
1758 | rtx newleft = operate_exp (op, left, XEXP (right, 1));
|
---|
1759 | rtx newright = operate_exp (op, left, XEXP (right, 2));
|
---|
1760 | if (rtx_equal_p (newleft, newright))
|
---|
1761 | return newleft;
|
---|
1762 | return attr_rtx (IF_THEN_ELSE, XEXP (right, 0), newleft, newright);
|
---|
1763 | }
|
---|
1764 | else if (GET_CODE (right) == COND)
|
---|
1765 | {
|
---|
1766 | int allsame = 1;
|
---|
1767 | rtx defval;
|
---|
1768 |
|
---|
1769 | newexp = rtx_alloc (COND);
|
---|
1770 | XVEC (newexp, 0) = rtvec_alloc (XVECLEN (right, 0));
|
---|
1771 | defval = XEXP (newexp, 1) = operate_exp (op, left, XEXP (right, 1));
|
---|
1772 |
|
---|
1773 | for (i = 0; i < XVECLEN (right, 0); i += 2)
|
---|
1774 | {
|
---|
1775 | XVECEXP (newexp, 0, i) = XVECEXP (right, 0, i);
|
---|
1776 | XVECEXP (newexp, 0, i + 1)
|
---|
1777 | = operate_exp (op, left, XVECEXP (right, 0, i + 1));
|
---|
1778 | if (! rtx_equal_p (XVECEXP (newexp, 0, i + 1),
|
---|
1779 | defval))
|
---|
1780 | allsame = 0;
|
---|
1781 | }
|
---|
1782 |
|
---|
1783 | /* If the resulting cond is trivial (all alternatives
|
---|
1784 | give the same value), optimize it away. */
|
---|
1785 | if (allsame)
|
---|
1786 | return operate_exp (op, left, XEXP (right, 1));
|
---|
1787 |
|
---|
1788 | return newexp;
|
---|
1789 | }
|
---|
1790 | else
|
---|
1791 | fatal ("badly formed attribute value");
|
---|
1792 | }
|
---|
1793 |
|
---|
1794 | /* A hack to prevent expand_units from completely blowing up: ORX_OP does
|
---|
1795 | not associate through IF_THEN_ELSE. */
|
---|
1796 | else if (op == ORX_OP && GET_CODE (right) == IF_THEN_ELSE)
|
---|
1797 | {
|
---|
1798 | return attr_rtx (IOR, left, right);
|
---|
1799 | }
|
---|
1800 |
|
---|
1801 | /* Otherwise, do recursion the other way. */
|
---|
1802 | else if (GET_CODE (left) == IF_THEN_ELSE)
|
---|
1803 | {
|
---|
1804 | rtx newleft = operate_exp (op, XEXP (left, 1), right);
|
---|
1805 | rtx newright = operate_exp (op, XEXP (left, 2), right);
|
---|
1806 | if (rtx_equal_p (newleft, newright))
|
---|
1807 | return newleft;
|
---|
1808 | return attr_rtx (IF_THEN_ELSE, XEXP (left, 0), newleft, newright);
|
---|
1809 | }
|
---|
1810 | else if (GET_CODE (left) == COND)
|
---|
1811 | {
|
---|
1812 | int allsame = 1;
|
---|
1813 | rtx defval;
|
---|
1814 |
|
---|
1815 | newexp = rtx_alloc (COND);
|
---|
1816 | XVEC (newexp, 0) = rtvec_alloc (XVECLEN (left, 0));
|
---|
1817 | defval = XEXP (newexp, 1) = operate_exp (op, XEXP (left, 1), right);
|
---|
1818 |
|
---|
1819 | for (i = 0; i < XVECLEN (left, 0); i += 2)
|
---|
1820 | {
|
---|
1821 | XVECEXP (newexp, 0, i) = XVECEXP (left, 0, i);
|
---|
1822 | XVECEXP (newexp, 0, i + 1)
|
---|
1823 | = operate_exp (op, XVECEXP (left, 0, i + 1), right);
|
---|
1824 | if (! rtx_equal_p (XVECEXP (newexp, 0, i + 1),
|
---|
1825 | defval))
|
---|
1826 | allsame = 0;
|
---|
1827 | }
|
---|
1828 |
|
---|
1829 | /* If the cond is trivial (all alternatives give the same value),
|
---|
1830 | optimize it away. */
|
---|
1831 | if (allsame)
|
---|
1832 | return operate_exp (op, XEXP (left, 1), right);
|
---|
1833 |
|
---|
1834 | /* If the result is the same as the LEFT operand,
|
---|
1835 | just use that. */
|
---|
1836 | if (rtx_equal_p (newexp, left))
|
---|
1837 | return left;
|
---|
1838 |
|
---|
1839 | return newexp;
|
---|
1840 | }
|
---|
1841 |
|
---|
1842 | else
|
---|
1843 | fatal ("badly formed attribute value");
|
---|
1844 | /* NOTREACHED */
|
---|
1845 | return NULL;
|
---|
1846 | }
|
---|
1847 | |
---|
1848 |
|
---|
1849 | /* Once all attributes and DEFINE_FUNCTION_UNITs have been read, we
|
---|
1850 | construct a number of attributes.
|
---|
1851 |
|
---|
1852 | The first produces a function `function_units_used' which is given an
|
---|
1853 | insn and produces an encoding showing which function units are required
|
---|
1854 | for the execution of that insn. If the value is non-negative, the insn
|
---|
1855 | uses that unit; otherwise, the value is a one's compliment mask of units
|
---|
1856 | used.
|
---|
1857 |
|
---|
1858 | The second produces a function `result_ready_cost' which is used to
|
---|
1859 | determine the time that the result of an insn will be ready and hence
|
---|
1860 | a worst-case schedule.
|
---|
1861 |
|
---|
1862 | Both of these produce quite complex expressions which are then set as the
|
---|
1863 | default value of internal attributes. Normal attribute simplification
|
---|
1864 | should produce reasonable expressions.
|
---|
1865 |
|
---|
1866 | For each unit, a `<name>_unit_ready_cost' function will take an
|
---|
1867 | insn and give the delay until that unit will be ready with the result
|
---|
1868 | and a `<name>_unit_conflict_cost' function is given an insn already
|
---|
1869 | executing on the unit and a candidate to execute and will give the
|
---|
1870 | cost from the time the executing insn started until the candidate
|
---|
1871 | can start (ignore limitations on the number of simultaneous insns).
|
---|
1872 |
|
---|
1873 | For each unit, a `<name>_unit_blockage' function is given an insn
|
---|
1874 | already executing on the unit and a candidate to execute and will
|
---|
1875 | give the delay incurred due to function unit conflicts. The range of
|
---|
1876 | blockage cost values for a given executing insn is given by the
|
---|
1877 | `<name>_unit_blockage_range' function. These values are encoded in
|
---|
1878 | an int where the upper half gives the minimum value and the lower
|
---|
1879 | half gives the maximum value. */
|
---|
1880 |
|
---|
1881 | static void
|
---|
1882 | expand_units ()
|
---|
1883 | {
|
---|
1884 | struct function_unit *unit, **unit_num;
|
---|
1885 | struct function_unit_op *op, **op_array, ***unit_ops;
|
---|
1886 | rtx unitsmask;
|
---|
1887 | rtx readycost;
|
---|
1888 | rtx newexp;
|
---|
1889 | const char *str;
|
---|
1890 | int i, j, u, num, nvalues;
|
---|
1891 |
|
---|
1892 | /* Rebuild the condition for the unit to share the RTL expressions.
|
---|
1893 | Sharing is required by simplify_by_exploding. Build the issue delay
|
---|
1894 | expressions. Validate the expressions we were given for the conditions
|
---|
1895 | and conflict vector. Then make attributes for use in the conflict
|
---|
1896 | function. */
|
---|
1897 |
|
---|
1898 | for (unit = units; unit; unit = unit->next)
|
---|
1899 | {
|
---|
1900 | unit->condexp = check_attr_test (unit->condexp, 0, unit->first_lineno);
|
---|
1901 |
|
---|
1902 | for (op = unit->ops; op; op = op->next)
|
---|
1903 | {
|
---|
1904 | rtx issue_delay = make_numeric_value (op->issue_delay);
|
---|
1905 | rtx issue_exp = issue_delay;
|
---|
1906 |
|
---|
1907 | /* Build, validate, and simplify the issue delay expression. */
|
---|
1908 | if (op->conflict_exp != true_rtx)
|
---|
1909 | issue_exp = attr_rtx (IF_THEN_ELSE, op->conflict_exp,
|
---|
1910 | issue_exp, make_numeric_value (0));
|
---|
1911 | issue_exp = check_attr_value (make_canonical (NULL_ATTR,
|
---|
1912 | issue_exp),
|
---|
1913 | NULL_ATTR);
|
---|
1914 | issue_exp = simplify_knowing (issue_exp, unit->condexp);
|
---|
1915 | op->issue_exp = issue_exp;
|
---|
1916 |
|
---|
1917 | /* Make an attribute for use in the conflict function if needed. */
|
---|
1918 | unit->needs_conflict_function = (unit->issue_delay.min
|
---|
1919 | != unit->issue_delay.max);
|
---|
1920 | if (unit->needs_conflict_function)
|
---|
1921 | {
|
---|
1922 | str = attr_printf ((strlen (unit->name) + sizeof "*_cost_"
|
---|
1923 | + MAX_DIGITS),
|
---|
1924 | "*%s_cost_%d", unit->name, op->num);
|
---|
1925 | make_internal_attr (str, issue_exp, 1);
|
---|
1926 | }
|
---|
1927 |
|
---|
1928 | /* Validate the condition. */
|
---|
1929 | op->condexp = check_attr_test (op->condexp, 0, op->lineno);
|
---|
1930 | }
|
---|
1931 | }
|
---|
1932 |
|
---|
1933 | /* Compute the mask of function units used. Initially, the unitsmask is
|
---|
1934 | zero. Set up a conditional to compute each unit's contribution. */
|
---|
1935 | unitsmask = make_numeric_value (0);
|
---|
1936 | newexp = rtx_alloc (IF_THEN_ELSE);
|
---|
1937 | XEXP (newexp, 2) = make_numeric_value (0);
|
---|
1938 |
|
---|
1939 | /* If we have just a few units, we may be all right expanding the whole
|
---|
1940 | thing. But the expansion is 2**N in space on the number of opclasses,
|
---|
1941 | so we can't do this for very long -- Alpha and MIPS in particular have
|
---|
1942 | problems with this. So in that situation, we fall back on an alternate
|
---|
1943 | implementation method. */
|
---|
1944 | #define NUM_UNITOP_CUTOFF 20
|
---|
1945 |
|
---|
1946 | if (num_unit_opclasses < NUM_UNITOP_CUTOFF)
|
---|
1947 | {
|
---|
1948 | /* Merge each function unit into the unit mask attributes. */
|
---|
1949 | for (unit = units; unit; unit = unit->next)
|
---|
1950 | {
|
---|
1951 | XEXP (newexp, 0) = unit->condexp;
|
---|
1952 | XEXP (newexp, 1) = make_numeric_value (1 << unit->num);
|
---|
1953 | unitsmask = operate_exp (OR_OP, unitsmask, newexp);
|
---|
1954 | }
|
---|
1955 | }
|
---|
1956 | else
|
---|
1957 | {
|
---|
1958 | /* Merge each function unit into the unit mask attributes. */
|
---|
1959 | for (unit = units; unit; unit = unit->next)
|
---|
1960 | {
|
---|
1961 | XEXP (newexp, 0) = unit->condexp;
|
---|
1962 | XEXP (newexp, 1) = make_numeric_value (1 << unit->num);
|
---|
1963 | unitsmask = operate_exp (ORX_OP, unitsmask, attr_copy_rtx (newexp));
|
---|
1964 | }
|
---|
1965 | }
|
---|
1966 |
|
---|
1967 | /* Simplify the unit mask expression, encode it, and make an attribute
|
---|
1968 | for the function_units_used function. */
|
---|
1969 | unitsmask = simplify_by_exploding (unitsmask);
|
---|
1970 |
|
---|
1971 | if (num_unit_opclasses < NUM_UNITOP_CUTOFF)
|
---|
1972 | unitsmask = encode_units_mask (unitsmask);
|
---|
1973 | else
|
---|
1974 | {
|
---|
1975 | /* We can no longer encode unitsmask at compile time, so emit code to
|
---|
1976 | calculate it at runtime. Rather, put a marker for where we'd do
|
---|
1977 | the code, and actually output it in write_attr_get(). */
|
---|
1978 | unitsmask = attr_rtx (FFS, unitsmask);
|
---|
1979 | }
|
---|
1980 |
|
---|
1981 | make_internal_attr ("*function_units_used", unitsmask, 10);
|
---|
1982 |
|
---|
1983 | /* Create an array of ops for each unit. Add an extra unit for the
|
---|
1984 | result_ready_cost function that has the ops of all other units. */
|
---|
1985 | unit_ops = (struct function_unit_op ***)
|
---|
1986 | xmalloc ((num_units + 1) * sizeof (struct function_unit_op **));
|
---|
1987 | unit_num = (struct function_unit **)
|
---|
1988 | xmalloc ((num_units + 1) * sizeof (struct function_unit *));
|
---|
1989 |
|
---|
1990 | unit_num[num_units] = unit = (struct function_unit *)
|
---|
1991 | xmalloc (sizeof (struct function_unit));
|
---|
1992 | unit->num = num_units;
|
---|
1993 | unit->num_opclasses = 0;
|
---|
1994 |
|
---|
1995 | for (unit = units; unit; unit = unit->next)
|
---|
1996 | {
|
---|
1997 | unit_num[num_units]->num_opclasses += unit->num_opclasses;
|
---|
1998 | unit_num[unit->num] = unit;
|
---|
1999 | unit_ops[unit->num] = op_array = (struct function_unit_op **)
|
---|
2000 | xmalloc (unit->num_opclasses * sizeof (struct function_unit_op *));
|
---|
2001 |
|
---|
2002 | for (op = unit->ops; op; op = op->next)
|
---|
2003 | op_array[op->num] = op;
|
---|
2004 | }
|
---|
2005 |
|
---|
2006 | /* Compose the array of ops for the extra unit. */
|
---|
2007 | unit_ops[num_units] = op_array = (struct function_unit_op **)
|
---|
2008 | xmalloc (unit_num[num_units]->num_opclasses
|
---|
2009 | * sizeof (struct function_unit_op *));
|
---|
2010 |
|
---|
2011 | for (unit = units, i = 0; unit; i += unit->num_opclasses, unit = unit->next)
|
---|
2012 | memcpy (&op_array[i], unit_ops[unit->num],
|
---|
2013 | unit->num_opclasses * sizeof (struct function_unit_op *));
|
---|
2014 |
|
---|
2015 | /* Compute the ready cost function for each unit by computing the
|
---|
2016 | condition for each non-default value. */
|
---|
2017 | for (u = 0; u <= num_units; u++)
|
---|
2018 | {
|
---|
2019 | rtx orexp;
|
---|
2020 | int value;
|
---|
2021 |
|
---|
2022 | unit = unit_num[u];
|
---|
2023 | op_array = unit_ops[unit->num];
|
---|
2024 | num = unit->num_opclasses;
|
---|
2025 |
|
---|
2026 | /* Sort the array of ops into increasing ready cost order. */
|
---|
2027 | for (i = 0; i < num; i++)
|
---|
2028 | for (j = num - 1; j > i; j--)
|
---|
2029 | if (op_array[j - 1]->ready < op_array[j]->ready)
|
---|
2030 | {
|
---|
2031 | op = op_array[j];
|
---|
2032 | op_array[j] = op_array[j - 1];
|
---|
2033 | op_array[j - 1] = op;
|
---|
2034 | }
|
---|
2035 |
|
---|
2036 | /* Determine how many distinct non-default ready cost values there
|
---|
2037 | are. We use a default ready cost value of 1. */
|
---|
2038 | nvalues = 0; value = 1;
|
---|
2039 | for (i = num - 1; i >= 0; i--)
|
---|
2040 | if (op_array[i]->ready > value)
|
---|
2041 | {
|
---|
2042 | value = op_array[i]->ready;
|
---|
2043 | nvalues++;
|
---|
2044 | }
|
---|
2045 |
|
---|
2046 | if (nvalues == 0)
|
---|
2047 | readycost = make_numeric_value (1);
|
---|
2048 | else
|
---|
2049 | {
|
---|
2050 | /* Construct the ready cost expression as a COND of each value from
|
---|
2051 | the largest to the smallest. */
|
---|
2052 | readycost = rtx_alloc (COND);
|
---|
2053 | XVEC (readycost, 0) = rtvec_alloc (nvalues * 2);
|
---|
2054 | XEXP (readycost, 1) = make_numeric_value (1);
|
---|
2055 |
|
---|
2056 | nvalues = 0;
|
---|
2057 | orexp = false_rtx;
|
---|
2058 | value = op_array[0]->ready;
|
---|
2059 | for (i = 0; i < num; i++)
|
---|
2060 | {
|
---|
2061 | op = op_array[i];
|
---|
2062 | if (op->ready <= 1)
|
---|
2063 | break;
|
---|
2064 | else if (op->ready == value)
|
---|
2065 | orexp = insert_right_side (IOR, orexp, op->condexp, -2, -2);
|
---|
2066 | else
|
---|
2067 | {
|
---|
2068 | XVECEXP (readycost, 0, nvalues * 2) = orexp;
|
---|
2069 | XVECEXP (readycost, 0, nvalues * 2 + 1)
|
---|
2070 | = make_numeric_value (value);
|
---|
2071 | nvalues++;
|
---|
2072 | value = op->ready;
|
---|
2073 | orexp = op->condexp;
|
---|
2074 | }
|
---|
2075 | }
|
---|
2076 | XVECEXP (readycost, 0, nvalues * 2) = orexp;
|
---|
2077 | XVECEXP (readycost, 0, nvalues * 2 + 1) = make_numeric_value (value);
|
---|
2078 | }
|
---|
2079 |
|
---|
2080 | if (u < num_units)
|
---|
2081 | {
|
---|
2082 | rtx max_blockage = 0, min_blockage = 0;
|
---|
2083 |
|
---|
2084 | /* Simplify the readycost expression by only considering insns
|
---|
2085 | that use the unit. */
|
---|
2086 | readycost = simplify_knowing (readycost, unit->condexp);
|
---|
2087 |
|
---|
2088 | /* Determine the blockage cost the executing insn (E) given
|
---|
2089 | the candidate insn (C). This is the maximum of the issue
|
---|
2090 | delay, the pipeline delay, and the simultaneity constraint.
|
---|
2091 | Each function_unit_op represents the characteristics of the
|
---|
2092 | candidate insn, so in the expressions below, C is a known
|
---|
2093 | term and E is an unknown term.
|
---|
2094 |
|
---|
2095 | We compute the blockage cost for each E for every possible C.
|
---|
2096 | Thus OP represents E, and READYCOST is a list of values for
|
---|
2097 | every possible C.
|
---|
2098 |
|
---|
2099 | The issue delay function for C is op->issue_exp and is used to
|
---|
2100 | write the `<name>_unit_conflict_cost' function. Symbolicly
|
---|
2101 | this is "ISSUE-DELAY (E,C)".
|
---|
2102 |
|
---|
2103 | The pipeline delay results form the FIFO constraint on the
|
---|
2104 | function unit and is "READY-COST (E) + 1 - READY-COST (C)".
|
---|
2105 |
|
---|
2106 | The simultaneity constraint is based on how long it takes to
|
---|
2107 | fill the unit given the minimum issue delay. FILL-TIME is the
|
---|
2108 | constant "MIN (ISSUE-DELAY (*,*)) * (SIMULTANEITY - 1)", and
|
---|
2109 | the simultaneity constraint is "READY-COST (E) - FILL-TIME"
|
---|
2110 | if SIMULTANEITY is non-zero and zero otherwise.
|
---|
2111 |
|
---|
2112 | Thus, BLOCKAGE (E,C) when SIMULTANEITY is zero is
|
---|
2113 |
|
---|
2114 | MAX (ISSUE-DELAY (E,C),
|
---|
2115 | READY-COST (E) - (READY-COST (C) - 1))
|
---|
2116 |
|
---|
2117 | and otherwise
|
---|
2118 |
|
---|
2119 | MAX (ISSUE-DELAY (E,C),
|
---|
2120 | READY-COST (E) - (READY-COST (C) - 1),
|
---|
2121 | READY-COST (E) - FILL-TIME)
|
---|
2122 |
|
---|
2123 | The `<name>_unit_blockage' function is computed by determining
|
---|
2124 | this value for each candidate insn. As these values are
|
---|
2125 | computed, we also compute the upper and lower bounds for
|
---|
2126 | BLOCKAGE (E,*). These are combined to form the function
|
---|
2127 | `<name>_unit_blockage_range'. Finally, the maximum blockage
|
---|
2128 | cost, MAX (BLOCKAGE (*,*)), is computed. */
|
---|
2129 |
|
---|
2130 | for (op = unit->ops; op; op = op->next)
|
---|
2131 | {
|
---|
2132 | rtx blockage = op->issue_exp;
|
---|
2133 | blockage = simplify_knowing (blockage, unit->condexp);
|
---|
2134 |
|
---|
2135 | /* Add this op's contribution to MAX (BLOCKAGE (E,*)) and
|
---|
2136 | MIN (BLOCKAGE (E,*)). */
|
---|
2137 | if (max_blockage == 0)
|
---|
2138 | max_blockage = min_blockage = blockage;
|
---|
2139 | else
|
---|
2140 | {
|
---|
2141 | max_blockage
|
---|
2142 | = simplify_knowing (operate_exp (MAX_OP, max_blockage,
|
---|
2143 | blockage),
|
---|
2144 | unit->condexp);
|
---|
2145 | min_blockage
|
---|
2146 | = simplify_knowing (operate_exp (MIN_OP, min_blockage,
|
---|
2147 | blockage),
|
---|
2148 | unit->condexp);
|
---|
2149 | }
|
---|
2150 |
|
---|
2151 | /* Make an attribute for use in the blockage function. */
|
---|
2152 | str = attr_printf ((strlen (unit->name) + sizeof "*_block_"
|
---|
2153 | + MAX_DIGITS),
|
---|
2154 | "*%s_block_%d", unit->name, op->num);
|
---|
2155 | make_internal_attr (str, blockage, 1);
|
---|
2156 | }
|
---|
2157 |
|
---|
2158 | /* Record MAX (BLOCKAGE (*,*)). */
|
---|
2159 | {
|
---|
2160 | int unknown;
|
---|
2161 | unit->max_blockage = max_attr_value (max_blockage, &unknown);
|
---|
2162 | }
|
---|
2163 |
|
---|
2164 | /* See if the upper and lower bounds of BLOCKAGE (E,*) are the
|
---|
2165 | same. If so, the blockage function carries no additional
|
---|
2166 | information and is not written. */
|
---|
2167 | newexp = operate_exp (EQ_OP, max_blockage, min_blockage);
|
---|
2168 | newexp = simplify_knowing (newexp, unit->condexp);
|
---|
2169 | unit->needs_blockage_function
|
---|
2170 | = (GET_CODE (newexp) != CONST_STRING
|
---|
2171 | || atoi (XSTR (newexp, 0)) != 1);
|
---|
2172 |
|
---|
2173 | /* If the all values of BLOCKAGE (E,C) have the same value,
|
---|
2174 | neither blockage function is written. */
|
---|
2175 | unit->needs_range_function
|
---|
2176 | = (unit->needs_blockage_function
|
---|
2177 | || GET_CODE (max_blockage) != CONST_STRING);
|
---|
2178 |
|
---|
2179 | if (unit->needs_range_function)
|
---|
2180 | {
|
---|
2181 | /* Compute the blockage range function and make an attribute
|
---|
2182 | for writing its value. */
|
---|
2183 | newexp = operate_exp (RANGE_OP, min_blockage, max_blockage);
|
---|
2184 | newexp = simplify_knowing (newexp, unit->condexp);
|
---|
2185 |
|
---|
2186 | str = attr_printf ((strlen (unit->name)
|
---|
2187 | + sizeof "*_unit_blockage_range"),
|
---|
2188 | "*%s_unit_blockage_range", unit->name);
|
---|
2189 | make_internal_attr (str, newexp, 20);
|
---|
2190 | }
|
---|
2191 |
|
---|
2192 | str = attr_printf (strlen (unit->name) + sizeof "*_unit_ready_cost",
|
---|
2193 | "*%s_unit_ready_cost", unit->name);
|
---|
2194 | }
|
---|
2195 | else
|
---|
2196 | str = "*result_ready_cost";
|
---|
2197 |
|
---|
2198 | /* Make an attribute for the ready_cost function. Simplifying
|
---|
2199 | further with simplify_by_exploding doesn't win. */
|
---|
2200 | make_internal_attr (str, readycost, 0);
|
---|
2201 | }
|
---|
2202 |
|
---|
2203 | /* For each unit that requires a conflict cost function, make an attribute
|
---|
2204 | that maps insns to the operation number. */
|
---|
2205 | for (unit = units; unit; unit = unit->next)
|
---|
2206 | {
|
---|
2207 | rtx caseexp;
|
---|
2208 |
|
---|
2209 | if (! unit->needs_conflict_function
|
---|
2210 | && ! unit->needs_blockage_function)
|
---|
2211 | continue;
|
---|
2212 |
|
---|
2213 | caseexp = rtx_alloc (COND);
|
---|
2214 | XVEC (caseexp, 0) = rtvec_alloc ((unit->num_opclasses - 1) * 2);
|
---|
2215 |
|
---|
2216 | for (op = unit->ops; op; op = op->next)
|
---|
2217 | {
|
---|
2218 | /* Make our adjustment to the COND being computed. If we are the
|
---|
2219 | last operation class, place our values into the default of the
|
---|
2220 | COND. */
|
---|
2221 | if (op->num == unit->num_opclasses - 1)
|
---|
2222 | {
|
---|
2223 | XEXP (caseexp, 1) = make_numeric_value (op->num);
|
---|
2224 | }
|
---|
2225 | else
|
---|
2226 | {
|
---|
2227 | XVECEXP (caseexp, 0, op->num * 2) = op->condexp;
|
---|
2228 | XVECEXP (caseexp, 0, op->num * 2 + 1)
|
---|
2229 | = make_numeric_value (op->num);
|
---|
2230 | }
|
---|
2231 | }
|
---|
2232 |
|
---|
2233 | /* Simplifying caseexp with simplify_by_exploding doesn't win. */
|
---|
2234 | str = attr_printf (strlen (unit->name) + sizeof "*_cases",
|
---|
2235 | "*%s_cases", unit->name);
|
---|
2236 | make_internal_attr (str, caseexp, 1);
|
---|
2237 | }
|
---|
2238 | }
|
---|
2239 |
|
---|
2240 | /* Simplify EXP given KNOWN_TRUE. */
|
---|
2241 |
|
---|
2242 | static rtx
|
---|
2243 | simplify_knowing (exp, known_true)
|
---|
2244 | rtx exp, known_true;
|
---|
2245 | {
|
---|
2246 | if (GET_CODE (exp) != CONST_STRING)
|
---|
2247 | {
|
---|
2248 | int unknown = 0, max;
|
---|
2249 | max = max_attr_value (exp, &unknown);
|
---|
2250 | if (! unknown)
|
---|
2251 | {
|
---|
2252 | exp = attr_rtx (IF_THEN_ELSE, known_true, exp,
|
---|
2253 | make_numeric_value (max));
|
---|
2254 | exp = simplify_by_exploding (exp);
|
---|
2255 | }
|
---|
2256 | }
|
---|
2257 | return exp;
|
---|
2258 | }
|
---|
2259 |
|
---|
2260 | /* Translate the CONST_STRING expressions in X to change the encoding of
|
---|
2261 | value. On input, the value is a bitmask with a one bit for each unit
|
---|
2262 | used; on output, the value is the unit number (zero based) if one
|
---|
2263 | and only one unit is used or the one's compliment of the bitmask. */
|
---|
2264 |
|
---|
2265 | static rtx
|
---|
2266 | encode_units_mask (x)
|
---|
2267 | rtx x;
|
---|
2268 | {
|
---|
2269 | int i;
|
---|
2270 | int j;
|
---|
2271 | enum rtx_code code;
|
---|
2272 | const char *fmt;
|
---|
2273 |
|
---|
2274 | code = GET_CODE (x);
|
---|
2275 |
|
---|
2276 | switch (code)
|
---|
2277 | {
|
---|
2278 | case CONST_STRING:
|
---|
2279 | i = atoi (XSTR (x, 0));
|
---|
2280 | if (i < 0)
|
---|
2281 | /* The sign bit encodes a one's compliment mask. */
|
---|
2282 | abort ();
|
---|
2283 | else if (i != 0 && i == (i & -i))
|
---|
2284 | /* Only one bit is set, so yield that unit number. */
|
---|
2285 | for (j = 0; (i >>= 1) != 0; j++)
|
---|
2286 | ;
|
---|
2287 | else
|
---|
2288 | j = ~i;
|
---|
2289 | return attr_rtx (CONST_STRING, attr_printf (MAX_DIGITS, "%d", j));
|
---|
2290 |
|
---|
2291 | case REG:
|
---|
2292 | case QUEUED:
|
---|
2293 | case CONST_INT:
|
---|
2294 | case CONST_DOUBLE:
|
---|
2295 | case CONST_VECTOR:
|
---|
2296 | case SYMBOL_REF:
|
---|
2297 | case CODE_LABEL:
|
---|
2298 | case PC:
|
---|
2299 | case CC0:
|
---|
2300 | case EQ_ATTR:
|
---|
2301 | return x;
|
---|
2302 |
|
---|
2303 | default:
|
---|
2304 | break;
|
---|
2305 | }
|
---|
2306 |
|
---|
2307 | /* Compare the elements. If any pair of corresponding elements
|
---|
2308 | fail to match, return 0 for the whole things. */
|
---|
2309 |
|
---|
2310 | fmt = GET_RTX_FORMAT (code);
|
---|
2311 | for (i = GET_RTX_LENGTH (code) - 1; i >= 0; i--)
|
---|
2312 | {
|
---|
2313 | switch (fmt[i])
|
---|
2314 | {
|
---|
2315 | case 'V':
|
---|
2316 | case 'E':
|
---|
2317 | for (j = 0; j < XVECLEN (x, i); j++)
|
---|
2318 | XVECEXP (x, i, j) = encode_units_mask (XVECEXP (x, i, j));
|
---|
2319 | break;
|
---|
2320 |
|
---|
2321 | case 'e':
|
---|
2322 | XEXP (x, i) = encode_units_mask (XEXP (x, i));
|
---|
2323 | break;
|
---|
2324 | }
|
---|
2325 | }
|
---|
2326 | return x;
|
---|
2327 | }
|
---|
2328 | |
---|
2329 |
|
---|
2330 | /* Once all attributes and insns have been read and checked, we construct for
|
---|
2331 | each attribute value a list of all the insns that have that value for
|
---|
2332 | the attribute. */
|
---|
2333 |
|
---|
2334 | static void
|
---|
2335 | fill_attr (attr)
|
---|
2336 | struct attr_desc *attr;
|
---|
2337 | {
|
---|
2338 | struct attr_value *av;
|
---|
2339 | struct insn_ent *ie;
|
---|
2340 | struct insn_def *id;
|
---|
2341 | int i;
|
---|
2342 | rtx value;
|
---|
2343 |
|
---|
2344 | /* Don't fill constant attributes. The value is independent of
|
---|
2345 | any particular insn. */
|
---|
2346 | if (attr->is_const)
|
---|
2347 | return;
|
---|
2348 |
|
---|
2349 | for (id = defs; id; id = id->next)
|
---|
2350 | {
|
---|
2351 | /* If no value is specified for this insn for this attribute, use the
|
---|
2352 | default. */
|
---|
2353 | value = NULL;
|
---|
2354 | if (XVEC (id->def, id->vec_idx))
|
---|
2355 | for (i = 0; i < XVECLEN (id->def, id->vec_idx); i++)
|
---|
2356 | if (! strcmp (XSTR (XEXP (XVECEXP (id->def, id->vec_idx, i), 0), 0),
|
---|
2357 | attr->name))
|
---|
2358 | value = XEXP (XVECEXP (id->def, id->vec_idx, i), 1);
|
---|
2359 |
|
---|
2360 | if (value == NULL)
|
---|
2361 | av = attr->default_val;
|
---|
2362 | else
|
---|
2363 | av = get_attr_value (value, attr, id->insn_code);
|
---|
2364 |
|
---|
2365 | ie = (struct insn_ent *) oballoc (sizeof (struct insn_ent));
|
---|
2366 | ie->insn_code = id->insn_code;
|
---|
2367 | ie->insn_index = id->insn_code;
|
---|
2368 | insert_insn_ent (av, ie);
|
---|
2369 | }
|
---|
2370 | }
|
---|
2371 | |
---|
2372 |
|
---|
2373 | /* Given an expression EXP, see if it is a COND or IF_THEN_ELSE that has a
|
---|
2374 | test that checks relative positions of insns (uses MATCH_DUP or PC).
|
---|
2375 | If so, replace it with what is obtained by passing the expression to
|
---|
2376 | ADDRESS_FN. If not but it is a COND or IF_THEN_ELSE, call this routine
|
---|
2377 | recursively on each value (including the default value). Otherwise,
|
---|
2378 | return the value returned by NO_ADDRESS_FN applied to EXP. */
|
---|
2379 |
|
---|
2380 | static rtx
|
---|
2381 | substitute_address (exp, no_address_fn, address_fn)
|
---|
2382 | rtx exp;
|
---|
2383 | rtx (*no_address_fn) PARAMS ((rtx));
|
---|
2384 | rtx (*address_fn) PARAMS ((rtx));
|
---|
2385 | {
|
---|
2386 | int i;
|
---|
2387 | rtx newexp;
|
---|
2388 |
|
---|
2389 | if (GET_CODE (exp) == COND)
|
---|
2390 | {
|
---|
2391 | /* See if any tests use addresses. */
|
---|
2392 | address_used = 0;
|
---|
2393 | for (i = 0; i < XVECLEN (exp, 0); i += 2)
|
---|
2394 | walk_attr_value (XVECEXP (exp, 0, i));
|
---|
2395 |
|
---|
2396 | if (address_used)
|
---|
2397 | return (*address_fn) (exp);
|
---|
2398 |
|
---|
2399 | /* Make a new copy of this COND, replacing each element. */
|
---|
2400 | newexp = rtx_alloc (COND);
|
---|
2401 | XVEC (newexp, 0) = rtvec_alloc (XVECLEN (exp, 0));
|
---|
2402 | for (i = 0; i < XVECLEN (exp, 0); i += 2)
|
---|
2403 | {
|
---|
2404 | XVECEXP (newexp, 0, i) = XVECEXP (exp, 0, i);
|
---|
2405 | XVECEXP (newexp, 0, i + 1)
|
---|
2406 | = substitute_address (XVECEXP (exp, 0, i + 1),
|
---|
2407 | no_address_fn, address_fn);
|
---|
2408 | }
|
---|
2409 |
|
---|
2410 | XEXP (newexp, 1) = substitute_address (XEXP (exp, 1),
|
---|
2411 | no_address_fn, address_fn);
|
---|
2412 |
|
---|
2413 | return newexp;
|
---|
2414 | }
|
---|
2415 |
|
---|
2416 | else if (GET_CODE (exp) == IF_THEN_ELSE)
|
---|
2417 | {
|
---|
2418 | address_used = 0;
|
---|
2419 | walk_attr_value (XEXP (exp, 0));
|
---|
2420 | if (address_used)
|
---|
2421 | return (*address_fn) (exp);
|
---|
2422 |
|
---|
2423 | return attr_rtx (IF_THEN_ELSE,
|
---|
2424 | substitute_address (XEXP (exp, 0),
|
---|
2425 | no_address_fn, address_fn),
|
---|
2426 | substitute_address (XEXP (exp, 1),
|
---|
2427 | no_address_fn, address_fn),
|
---|
2428 | substitute_address (XEXP (exp, 2),
|
---|
2429 | no_address_fn, address_fn));
|
---|
2430 | }
|
---|
2431 |
|
---|
2432 | return (*no_address_fn) (exp);
|
---|
2433 | }
|
---|
2434 | |
---|
2435 |
|
---|
2436 | /* Make new attributes from the `length' attribute. The following are made,
|
---|
2437 | each corresponding to a function called from `shorten_branches' or
|
---|
2438 | `get_attr_length':
|
---|
2439 |
|
---|
2440 | *insn_default_length This is the length of the insn to be returned
|
---|
2441 | by `get_attr_length' before `shorten_branches'
|
---|
2442 | has been called. In each case where the length
|
---|
2443 | depends on relative addresses, the largest
|
---|
2444 | possible is used. This routine is also used
|
---|
2445 | to compute the initial size of the insn.
|
---|
2446 |
|
---|
2447 | *insn_variable_length_p This returns 1 if the insn's length depends
|
---|
2448 | on relative addresses, zero otherwise.
|
---|
2449 |
|
---|
2450 | *insn_current_length This is only called when it is known that the
|
---|
2451 | insn has a variable length and returns the
|
---|
2452 | current length, based on relative addresses.
|
---|
2453 | */
|
---|
2454 |
|
---|
2455 | static void
|
---|
2456 | make_length_attrs ()
|
---|
2457 | {
|
---|
2458 | static const char *const new_names[] = {"*insn_default_length",
|
---|
2459 | "*insn_variable_length_p",
|
---|
2460 | "*insn_current_length"};
|
---|
2461 | static rtx (*const no_address_fn[]) PARAMS ((rtx)) = {identity_fn, zero_fn, zero_fn};
|
---|
2462 | static rtx (*const address_fn[]) PARAMS ((rtx)) = {max_fn, one_fn, identity_fn};
|
---|
2463 | size_t i;
|
---|
2464 | struct attr_desc *length_attr, *new_attr;
|
---|
2465 | struct attr_value *av, *new_av;
|
---|
2466 | struct insn_ent *ie, *new_ie;
|
---|
2467 |
|
---|
2468 | /* See if length attribute is defined. If so, it must be numeric. Make
|
---|
2469 | it special so we don't output anything for it. */
|
---|
2470 | length_attr = find_attr ("length", 0);
|
---|
2471 | if (length_attr == 0)
|
---|
2472 | return;
|
---|
2473 |
|
---|
2474 | if (! length_attr->is_numeric)
|
---|
2475 | fatal ("length attribute must be numeric");
|
---|
2476 |
|
---|
2477 | length_attr->is_const = 0;
|
---|
2478 | length_attr->is_special = 1;
|
---|
2479 |
|
---|
2480 | /* Make each new attribute, in turn. */
|
---|
2481 | for (i = 0; i < ARRAY_SIZE (new_names); i++)
|
---|
2482 | {
|
---|
2483 | make_internal_attr (new_names[i],
|
---|
2484 | substitute_address (length_attr->default_val->value,
|
---|
2485 | no_address_fn[i], address_fn[i]),
|
---|
2486 | 0);
|
---|
2487 | new_attr = find_attr (new_names[i], 0);
|
---|
2488 | for (av = length_attr->first_value; av; av = av->next)
|
---|
2489 | for (ie = av->first_insn; ie; ie = ie->next)
|
---|
2490 | {
|
---|
2491 | new_av = get_attr_value (substitute_address (av->value,
|
---|
2492 | no_address_fn[i],
|
---|
2493 | address_fn[i]),
|
---|
2494 | new_attr, ie->insn_code);
|
---|
2495 | new_ie = (struct insn_ent *) oballoc (sizeof (struct insn_ent));
|
---|
2496 | new_ie->insn_code = ie->insn_code;
|
---|
2497 | new_ie->insn_index = ie->insn_index;
|
---|
2498 | insert_insn_ent (new_av, new_ie);
|
---|
2499 | }
|
---|
2500 | }
|
---|
2501 | }
|
---|
2502 |
|
---|
2503 | /* Utility functions called from above routine. */
|
---|
2504 |
|
---|
2505 | static rtx
|
---|
2506 | identity_fn (exp)
|
---|
2507 | rtx exp;
|
---|
2508 | {
|
---|
2509 | return exp;
|
---|
2510 | }
|
---|
2511 |
|
---|
2512 | static rtx
|
---|
2513 | zero_fn (exp)
|
---|
2514 | rtx exp ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
|
---|
2515 | {
|
---|
2516 | return make_numeric_value (0);
|
---|
2517 | }
|
---|
2518 |
|
---|
2519 | static rtx
|
---|
2520 | one_fn (exp)
|
---|
2521 | rtx exp ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
|
---|
2522 | {
|
---|
2523 | return make_numeric_value (1);
|
---|
2524 | }
|
---|
2525 |
|
---|
2526 | static rtx
|
---|
2527 | max_fn (exp)
|
---|
2528 | rtx exp;
|
---|
2529 | {
|
---|
2530 | int unknown;
|
---|
2531 | return make_numeric_value (max_attr_value (exp, &unknown));
|
---|
2532 | }
|
---|
2533 |
|
---|
2534 | static void
|
---|
2535 | write_length_unit_log ()
|
---|
2536 | {
|
---|
2537 | struct attr_desc *length_attr = find_attr ("length", 0);
|
---|
2538 | struct attr_value *av;
|
---|
2539 | struct insn_ent *ie;
|
---|
2540 | unsigned int length_unit_log, length_or;
|
---|
2541 | int unknown = 0;
|
---|
2542 |
|
---|
2543 | if (length_attr == 0)
|
---|
2544 | return;
|
---|
2545 | length_or = or_attr_value (length_attr->default_val->value, &unknown);
|
---|
2546 | for (av = length_attr->first_value; av; av = av->next)
|
---|
2547 | for (ie = av->first_insn; ie; ie = ie->next)
|
---|
2548 | length_or |= or_attr_value (av->value, &unknown);
|
---|
2549 |
|
---|
2550 | if (unknown)
|
---|
2551 | length_unit_log = 0;
|
---|
2552 | else
|
---|
2553 | {
|
---|
2554 | length_or = ~length_or;
|
---|
2555 | for (length_unit_log = 0; length_or & 1; length_or >>= 1)
|
---|
2556 | length_unit_log++;
|
---|
2557 | }
|
---|
2558 | printf ("int length_unit_log = %u;\n", length_unit_log);
|
---|
2559 | }
|
---|
2560 | |
---|
2561 |
|
---|
2562 | /* Take a COND expression and see if any of the conditions in it can be
|
---|
2563 | simplified. If any are known true or known false for the particular insn
|
---|
2564 | code, the COND can be further simplified.
|
---|
2565 |
|
---|
2566 | Also call ourselves on any COND operations that are values of this COND.
|
---|
2567 |
|
---|
2568 | We do not modify EXP; rather, we make and return a new rtx. */
|
---|
2569 |
|
---|
2570 | static rtx
|
---|
2571 | simplify_cond (exp, insn_code, insn_index)
|
---|
2572 | rtx exp;
|
---|
2573 | int insn_code, insn_index;
|
---|
2574 | {
|
---|
2575 | int i, j;
|
---|
2576 | /* We store the desired contents here,
|
---|
2577 | then build a new expression if they don't match EXP. */
|
---|
2578 | rtx defval = XEXP (exp, 1);
|
---|
2579 | rtx new_defval = XEXP (exp, 1);
|
---|
2580 | int len = XVECLEN (exp, 0);
|
---|
2581 | rtx *tests = (rtx *) xmalloc (len * sizeof (rtx));
|
---|
2582 | int allsame = 1;
|
---|
2583 | char *first_spacer;
|
---|
2584 | rtx ret;
|
---|
2585 |
|
---|
2586 | /* This lets us free all storage allocated below, if appropriate. */
|
---|
2587 | first_spacer = (char *) obstack_finish (rtl_obstack);
|
---|
2588 |
|
---|
2589 | memcpy (tests, XVEC (exp, 0)->elem, len * sizeof (rtx));
|
---|
2590 |
|
---|
2591 | /* See if default value needs simplification. */
|
---|
2592 | if (GET_CODE (defval) == COND)
|
---|
2593 | new_defval = simplify_cond (defval, insn_code, insn_index);
|
---|
2594 |
|
---|
2595 | /* Simplify the subexpressions, and see what tests we can get rid of. */
|
---|
2596 |
|
---|
2597 | for (i = 0; i < len; i += 2)
|
---|
2598 | {
|
---|
2599 | rtx newtest, newval;
|
---|
2600 |
|
---|
2601 | /* Simplify this test. */
|
---|
2602 | newtest = simplify_test_exp_in_temp (tests[i], insn_code, insn_index);
|
---|
2603 | tests[i] = newtest;
|
---|
2604 |
|
---|
2605 | newval = tests[i + 1];
|
---|
2606 | /* See if this value may need simplification. */
|
---|
2607 | if (GET_CODE (newval) == COND)
|
---|
2608 | newval = simplify_cond (newval, insn_code, insn_index);
|
---|
2609 |
|
---|
2610 | /* Look for ways to delete or combine this test. */
|
---|
2611 | if (newtest == true_rtx)
|
---|
2612 | {
|
---|
2613 | /* If test is true, make this value the default
|
---|
2614 | and discard this + any following tests. */
|
---|
2615 | len = i;
|
---|
2616 | defval = tests[i + 1];
|
---|
2617 | new_defval = newval;
|
---|
2618 | }
|
---|
2619 |
|
---|
2620 | else if (newtest == false_rtx)
|
---|
2621 | {
|
---|
2622 | /* If test is false, discard it and its value. */
|
---|
2623 | for (j = i; j < len - 2; j++)
|
---|
2624 | tests[j] = tests[j + 2];
|
---|
2625 | len -= 2;
|
---|
2626 | }
|
---|
2627 |
|
---|
2628 | else if (i > 0 && attr_equal_p (newval, tests[i - 1]))
|
---|
2629 | {
|
---|
2630 | /* If this value and the value for the prev test are the same,
|
---|
2631 | merge the tests. */
|
---|
2632 |
|
---|
2633 | tests[i - 2]
|
---|
2634 | = insert_right_side (IOR, tests[i - 2], newtest,
|
---|
2635 | insn_code, insn_index);
|
---|
2636 |
|
---|
2637 | /* Delete this test/value. */
|
---|
2638 | for (j = i; j < len - 2; j++)
|
---|
2639 | tests[j] = tests[j + 2];
|
---|
2640 | len -= 2;
|
---|
2641 | }
|
---|
2642 |
|
---|
2643 | else
|
---|
2644 | tests[i + 1] = newval;
|
---|
2645 | }
|
---|
2646 |
|
---|
2647 | /* If the last test in a COND has the same value
|
---|
2648 | as the default value, that test isn't needed. */
|
---|
2649 |
|
---|
2650 | while (len > 0 && attr_equal_p (tests[len - 1], new_defval))
|
---|
2651 | len -= 2;
|
---|
2652 |
|
---|
2653 | /* See if we changed anything. */
|
---|
2654 | if (len != XVECLEN (exp, 0) || new_defval != XEXP (exp, 1))
|
---|
2655 | allsame = 0;
|
---|
2656 | else
|
---|
2657 | for (i = 0; i < len; i++)
|
---|
2658 | if (! attr_equal_p (tests[i], XVECEXP (exp, 0, i)))
|
---|
2659 | {
|
---|
2660 | allsame = 0;
|
---|
2661 | break;
|
---|
2662 | }
|
---|
2663 |
|
---|
2664 | if (len == 0)
|
---|
2665 | {
|
---|
2666 | if (GET_CODE (defval) == COND)
|
---|
2667 | ret = simplify_cond (defval, insn_code, insn_index);
|
---|
2668 | else
|
---|
2669 | ret = defval;
|
---|
2670 | }
|
---|
2671 | else if (allsame)
|
---|
2672 | ret = exp;
|
---|
2673 | else
|
---|
2674 | {
|
---|
2675 | rtx newexp = rtx_alloc (COND);
|
---|
2676 |
|
---|
2677 | XVEC (newexp, 0) = rtvec_alloc (len);
|
---|
2678 | memcpy (XVEC (newexp, 0)->elem, tests, len * sizeof (rtx));
|
---|
2679 | XEXP (newexp, 1) = new_defval;
|
---|
2680 | ret = newexp;
|
---|
2681 | }
|
---|
2682 | free (tests);
|
---|
2683 | return ret;
|
---|
2684 | }
|
---|
2685 | |
---|
2686 |
|
---|
2687 | /* Remove an insn entry from an attribute value. */
|
---|
2688 |
|
---|
2689 | static void
|
---|
2690 | remove_insn_ent (av, ie)
|
---|
2691 | struct attr_value *av;
|
---|
2692 | struct insn_ent *ie;
|
---|
2693 | {
|
---|
2694 | struct insn_ent *previe;
|
---|
2695 |
|
---|
2696 | if (av->first_insn == ie)
|
---|
2697 | av->first_insn = ie->next;
|
---|
2698 | else
|
---|
2699 | {
|
---|
2700 | for (previe = av->first_insn; previe->next != ie; previe = previe->next)
|
---|
2701 | ;
|
---|
2702 | previe->next = ie->next;
|
---|
2703 | }
|
---|
2704 |
|
---|
2705 | av->num_insns--;
|
---|
2706 | if (ie->insn_code == -1)
|
---|
2707 | av->has_asm_insn = 0;
|
---|
2708 |
|
---|
2709 | num_insn_ents--;
|
---|
2710 | }
|
---|
2711 |
|
---|
2712 | /* Insert an insn entry in an attribute value list. */
|
---|
2713 |
|
---|
2714 | static void
|
---|
2715 | insert_insn_ent (av, ie)
|
---|
2716 | struct attr_value *av;
|
---|
2717 | struct insn_ent *ie;
|
---|
2718 | {
|
---|
2719 | ie->next = av->first_insn;
|
---|
2720 | av->first_insn = ie;
|
---|
2721 | av->num_insns++;
|
---|
2722 | if (ie->insn_code == -1)
|
---|
2723 | av->has_asm_insn = 1;
|
---|
2724 |
|
---|
2725 | num_insn_ents++;
|
---|
2726 | }
|
---|
2727 | |
---|
2728 |
|
---|
2729 | /* This is a utility routine to take an expression that is a tree of either
|
---|
2730 | AND or IOR expressions and insert a new term. The new term will be
|
---|
2731 | inserted at the right side of the first node whose code does not match
|
---|
2732 | the root. A new node will be created with the root's code. Its left
|
---|
2733 | side will be the old right side and its right side will be the new
|
---|
2734 | term.
|
---|
2735 |
|
---|
2736 | If the `term' is itself a tree, all its leaves will be inserted. */
|
---|
2737 |
|
---|
2738 | static rtx
|
---|
2739 | insert_right_side (code, exp, term, insn_code, insn_index)
|
---|
2740 | enum rtx_code code;
|
---|
2741 | rtx exp;
|
---|
2742 | rtx term;
|
---|
2743 | int insn_code, insn_index;
|
---|
2744 | {
|
---|
2745 | rtx newexp;
|
---|
2746 |
|
---|
2747 | /* Avoid consing in some special cases. */
|
---|
2748 | if (code == AND && term == true_rtx)
|
---|
2749 | return exp;
|
---|
2750 | if (code == AND && term == false_rtx)
|
---|
2751 | return false_rtx;
|
---|
2752 | if (code == AND && exp == true_rtx)
|
---|
2753 | return term;
|
---|
2754 | if (code == AND && exp == false_rtx)
|
---|
2755 | return false_rtx;
|
---|
2756 | if (code == IOR && term == true_rtx)
|
---|
2757 | return true_rtx;
|
---|
2758 | if (code == IOR && term == false_rtx)
|
---|
2759 | return exp;
|
---|
2760 | if (code == IOR && exp == true_rtx)
|
---|
2761 | return true_rtx;
|
---|
2762 | if (code == IOR && exp == false_rtx)
|
---|
2763 | return term;
|
---|
2764 | if (attr_equal_p (exp, term))
|
---|
2765 | return exp;
|
---|
2766 |
|
---|
2767 | if (GET_CODE (term) == code)
|
---|
2768 | {
|
---|
2769 | exp = insert_right_side (code, exp, XEXP (term, 0),
|
---|
2770 | insn_code, insn_index);
|
---|
2771 | exp = insert_right_side (code, exp, XEXP (term, 1),
|
---|
2772 | insn_code, insn_index);
|
---|
2773 |
|
---|
2774 | return exp;
|
---|
2775 | }
|
---|
2776 |
|
---|
2777 | if (GET_CODE (exp) == code)
|
---|
2778 | {
|
---|
2779 | rtx new = insert_right_side (code, XEXP (exp, 1),
|
---|
2780 | term, insn_code, insn_index);
|
---|
2781 | if (new != XEXP (exp, 1))
|
---|
2782 | /* Make a copy of this expression and call recursively. */
|
---|
2783 | newexp = attr_rtx (code, XEXP (exp, 0), new);
|
---|
2784 | else
|
---|
2785 | newexp = exp;
|
---|
2786 | }
|
---|
2787 | else
|
---|
2788 | {
|
---|
2789 | /* Insert the new term. */
|
---|
2790 | newexp = attr_rtx (code, exp, term);
|
---|
2791 | }
|
---|
2792 |
|
---|
2793 | return simplify_test_exp_in_temp (newexp, insn_code, insn_index);
|
---|
2794 | }
|
---|
2795 | |
---|
2796 |
|
---|
2797 | /* If we have an expression which AND's a bunch of
|
---|
2798 | (not (eq_attrq "alternative" "n"))
|
---|
2799 | terms, we may have covered all or all but one of the possible alternatives.
|
---|
2800 | If so, we can optimize. Similarly for IOR's of EQ_ATTR.
|
---|
2801 |
|
---|
2802 | This routine is passed an expression and either AND or IOR. It returns a
|
---|
2803 | bitmask indicating which alternatives are mentioned within EXP. */
|
---|
2804 |
|
---|
2805 | static int
|
---|
2806 | compute_alternative_mask (exp, code)
|
---|
2807 | rtx exp;
|
---|
2808 | enum rtx_code code;
|
---|
2809 | {
|
---|
2810 | const char *string;
|
---|
2811 | if (GET_CODE (exp) == code)
|
---|
2812 | return compute_alternative_mask (XEXP (exp, 0), code)
|
---|
2813 | | compute_alternative_mask (XEXP (exp, 1), code);
|
---|
2814 |
|
---|
2815 | else if (code == AND && GET_CODE (exp) == NOT
|
---|
2816 | && GET_CODE (XEXP (exp, 0)) == EQ_ATTR
|
---|
2817 | && XSTR (XEXP (exp, 0), 0) == alternative_name)
|
---|
2818 | string = XSTR (XEXP (exp, 0), 1);
|
---|
2819 |
|
---|
2820 | else if (code == IOR && GET_CODE (exp) == EQ_ATTR
|
---|
2821 | && XSTR (exp, 0) == alternative_name)
|
---|
2822 | string = XSTR (exp, 1);
|
---|
2823 |
|
---|
2824 | else
|
---|
2825 | return 0;
|
---|
2826 |
|
---|
2827 | if (string[1] == 0)
|
---|
2828 | return 1 << (string[0] - '0');
|
---|
2829 | return 1 << atoi (string);
|
---|
2830 | }
|
---|
2831 |
|
---|
2832 | /* Given I, a single-bit mask, return RTX to compare the `alternative'
|
---|
2833 | attribute with the value represented by that bit. */
|
---|
2834 |
|
---|
2835 | static rtx
|
---|
2836 | make_alternative_compare (mask)
|
---|
2837 | int mask;
|
---|
2838 | {
|
---|
2839 | rtx newexp;
|
---|
2840 | int i;
|
---|
2841 |
|
---|
2842 | /* Find the bit. */
|
---|
2843 | for (i = 0; (mask & (1 << i)) == 0; i++)
|
---|
2844 | ;
|
---|
2845 |
|
---|
2846 | newexp = attr_rtx (EQ_ATTR, alternative_name, attr_numeral (i));
|
---|
2847 | RTX_UNCHANGING_P (newexp) = 1;
|
---|
2848 |
|
---|
2849 | return newexp;
|
---|
2850 | }
|
---|
2851 | |
---|
2852 |
|
---|
2853 | /* If we are processing an (eq_attr "attr" "value") test, we find the value
|
---|
2854 | of "attr" for this insn code. From that value, we can compute a test
|
---|
2855 | showing when the EQ_ATTR will be true. This routine performs that
|
---|
2856 | computation. If a test condition involves an address, we leave the EQ_ATTR
|
---|
2857 | intact because addresses are only valid for the `length' attribute.
|
---|
2858 |
|
---|
2859 | EXP is the EQ_ATTR expression and VALUE is the value of that attribute
|
---|
2860 | for the insn corresponding to INSN_CODE and INSN_INDEX. */
|
---|
2861 |
|
---|
2862 | static rtx
|
---|
2863 | evaluate_eq_attr (exp, value, insn_code, insn_index)
|
---|
2864 | rtx exp;
|
---|
2865 | rtx value;
|
---|
2866 | int insn_code, insn_index;
|
---|
2867 | {
|
---|
2868 | rtx orexp, andexp;
|
---|
2869 | rtx right;
|
---|
2870 | rtx newexp;
|
---|
2871 | int i;
|
---|
2872 |
|
---|
2873 | if (GET_CODE (value) == CONST_STRING)
|
---|
2874 | {
|
---|
2875 | if (! strcmp (XSTR (value, 0), XSTR (exp, 1)))
|
---|
2876 | newexp = true_rtx;
|
---|
2877 | else
|
---|
2878 | newexp = false_rtx;
|
---|
2879 | }
|
---|
2880 | else if (GET_CODE (value) == SYMBOL_REF)
|
---|
2881 | {
|
---|
2882 | char *p;
|
---|
2883 | char string[256];
|
---|
2884 |
|
---|
2885 | if (GET_CODE (exp) != EQ_ATTR)
|
---|
2886 | abort ();
|
---|
2887 |
|
---|
2888 | if (strlen (XSTR (exp, 0)) + strlen (XSTR (exp, 1)) + 2 > 256)
|
---|
2889 | abort ();
|
---|
2890 |
|
---|
2891 | strcpy (string, XSTR (exp, 0));
|
---|
2892 | strcat (string, "_");
|
---|
2893 | strcat (string, XSTR (exp, 1));
|
---|
2894 | for (p = string; *p; p++)
|
---|
2895 | *p = TOUPPER (*p);
|
---|
2896 |
|
---|
2897 | newexp = attr_rtx (EQ, value,
|
---|
2898 | attr_rtx (SYMBOL_REF,
|
---|
2899 | attr_string (string, strlen (string))));
|
---|
2900 | }
|
---|
2901 | else if (GET_CODE (value) == COND)
|
---|
2902 | {
|
---|
2903 | /* We construct an IOR of all the cases for which the requested attribute
|
---|
2904 | value is present. Since we start with FALSE, if it is not present,
|
---|
2905 | FALSE will be returned.
|
---|
2906 |
|
---|
2907 | Each case is the AND of the NOT's of the previous conditions with the
|
---|
2908 | current condition; in the default case the current condition is TRUE.
|
---|
2909 |
|
---|
2910 | For each possible COND value, call ourselves recursively.
|
---|
2911 |
|
---|
2912 | The extra TRUE and FALSE expressions will be eliminated by another
|
---|
2913 | call to the simplification routine. */
|
---|
2914 |
|
---|
2915 | orexp = false_rtx;
|
---|
2916 | andexp = true_rtx;
|
---|
2917 |
|
---|
2918 | if (current_alternative_string)
|
---|
2919 | clear_struct_flag (value);
|
---|
2920 |
|
---|
2921 | for (i = 0; i < XVECLEN (value, 0); i += 2)
|
---|
2922 | {
|
---|
2923 | rtx this = simplify_test_exp_in_temp (XVECEXP (value, 0, i),
|
---|
2924 | insn_code, insn_index);
|
---|
2925 |
|
---|
2926 | SIMPLIFY_ALTERNATIVE (this);
|
---|
2927 |
|
---|
2928 | right = insert_right_side (AND, andexp, this,
|
---|
2929 | insn_code, insn_index);
|
---|
2930 | right = insert_right_side (AND, right,
|
---|
2931 | evaluate_eq_attr (exp,
|
---|
2932 | XVECEXP (value, 0,
|
---|
2933 | i + 1),
|
---|
2934 | insn_code, insn_index),
|
---|
2935 | insn_code, insn_index);
|
---|
2936 | orexp = insert_right_side (IOR, orexp, right,
|
---|
2937 | insn_code, insn_index);
|
---|
2938 |
|
---|
2939 | /* Add this condition into the AND expression. */
|
---|
2940 | newexp = attr_rtx (NOT, this);
|
---|
2941 | andexp = insert_right_side (AND, andexp, newexp,
|
---|
2942 | insn_code, insn_index);
|
---|
2943 | }
|
---|
2944 |
|
---|
2945 | /* Handle the default case. */
|
---|
2946 | right = insert_right_side (AND, andexp,
|
---|
2947 | evaluate_eq_attr (exp, XEXP (value, 1),
|
---|
2948 | insn_code, insn_index),
|
---|
2949 | insn_code, insn_index);
|
---|
2950 | newexp = insert_right_side (IOR, orexp, right, insn_code, insn_index);
|
---|
2951 | }
|
---|
2952 | else
|
---|
2953 | abort ();
|
---|
2954 |
|
---|
2955 | /* If uses an address, must return original expression. But set the
|
---|
2956 | RTX_UNCHANGING_P bit so we don't try to simplify it again. */
|
---|
2957 |
|
---|
2958 | address_used = 0;
|
---|
2959 | walk_attr_value (newexp);
|
---|
2960 |
|
---|
2961 | if (address_used)
|
---|
2962 | {
|
---|
2963 | /* This had `&& current_alternative_string', which seems to be wrong. */
|
---|
2964 | if (! RTX_UNCHANGING_P (exp))
|
---|
2965 | return copy_rtx_unchanging (exp);
|
---|
2966 | return exp;
|
---|
2967 | }
|
---|
2968 | else
|
---|
2969 | return newexp;
|
---|
2970 | }
|
---|
2971 | |
---|
2972 |
|
---|
2973 | /* This routine is called when an AND of a term with a tree of AND's is
|
---|
2974 | encountered. If the term or its complement is present in the tree, it
|
---|
2975 | can be replaced with TRUE or FALSE, respectively.
|
---|
2976 |
|
---|
2977 | Note that (eq_attr "att" "v1") and (eq_attr "att" "v2") cannot both
|
---|
2978 | be true and hence are complementary.
|
---|
2979 |
|
---|
2980 | There is one special case: If we see
|
---|
2981 | (and (not (eq_attr "att" "v1"))
|
---|
2982 | (eq_attr "att" "v2"))
|
---|
2983 | this can be replaced by (eq_attr "att" "v2"). To do this we need to
|
---|
2984 | replace the term, not anything in the AND tree. So we pass a pointer to
|
---|
2985 | the term. */
|
---|
2986 |
|
---|
2987 | static rtx
|
---|
2988 | simplify_and_tree (exp, pterm, insn_code, insn_index)
|
---|
2989 | rtx exp;
|
---|
2990 | rtx *pterm;
|
---|
2991 | int insn_code, insn_index;
|
---|
2992 | {
|
---|
2993 | rtx left, right;
|
---|
2994 | rtx newexp;
|
---|
2995 | rtx temp;
|
---|
2996 | int left_eliminates_term, right_eliminates_term;
|
---|
2997 |
|
---|
2998 | if (GET_CODE (exp) == AND)
|
---|
2999 | {
|
---|
3000 | left = simplify_and_tree (XEXP (exp, 0), pterm, insn_code, insn_index);
|
---|
3001 | right = simplify_and_tree (XEXP (exp, 1), pterm, insn_code, insn_index);
|
---|
3002 | if (left != XEXP (exp, 0) || right != XEXP (exp, 1))
|
---|
3003 | {
|
---|
3004 | newexp = attr_rtx (GET_CODE (exp), left, right);
|
---|
3005 |
|
---|
3006 | exp = simplify_test_exp_in_temp (newexp, insn_code, insn_index);
|
---|
3007 | }
|
---|
3008 | }
|
---|
3009 |
|
---|
3010 | else if (GET_CODE (exp) == IOR)
|
---|
3011 | {
|
---|
3012 | /* For the IOR case, we do the same as above, except that we can
|
---|
3013 | only eliminate `term' if both sides of the IOR would do so. */
|
---|
3014 | temp = *pterm;
|
---|
3015 | left = simplify_and_tree (XEXP (exp, 0), &temp, insn_code, insn_index);
|
---|
3016 | left_eliminates_term = (temp == true_rtx);
|
---|
3017 |
|
---|
3018 | temp = *pterm;
|
---|
3019 | right = simplify_and_tree (XEXP (exp, 1), &temp, insn_code, insn_index);
|
---|
3020 | right_eliminates_term = (temp == true_rtx);
|
---|
3021 |
|
---|
3022 | if (left_eliminates_term && right_eliminates_term)
|
---|
3023 | *pterm = true_rtx;
|
---|
3024 |
|
---|
3025 | if (left != XEXP (exp, 0) || right != XEXP (exp, 1))
|
---|
3026 | {
|
---|
3027 | newexp = attr_rtx (GET_CODE (exp), left, right);
|
---|
3028 |
|
---|
3029 | exp = simplify_test_exp_in_temp (newexp, insn_code, insn_index);
|
---|
3030 | }
|
---|
3031 | }
|
---|
3032 |
|
---|
3033 | /* Check for simplifications. Do some extra checking here since this
|
---|
3034 | routine is called so many times. */
|
---|
3035 |
|
---|
3036 | if (exp == *pterm)
|
---|
3037 | return true_rtx;
|
---|
3038 |
|
---|
3039 | else if (GET_CODE (exp) == NOT && XEXP (exp, 0) == *pterm)
|
---|
3040 | return false_rtx;
|
---|
3041 |
|
---|
3042 | else if (GET_CODE (*pterm) == NOT && exp == XEXP (*pterm, 0))
|
---|
3043 | return false_rtx;
|
---|
3044 |
|
---|
3045 | else if (GET_CODE (exp) == EQ_ATTR && GET_CODE (*pterm) == EQ_ATTR)
|
---|
3046 | {
|
---|
3047 | if (XSTR (exp, 0) != XSTR (*pterm, 0))
|
---|
3048 | return exp;
|
---|
3049 |
|
---|
3050 | if (! strcmp (XSTR (exp, 1), XSTR (*pterm, 1)))
|
---|
3051 | return true_rtx;
|
---|
3052 | else
|
---|
3053 | return false_rtx;
|
---|
3054 | }
|
---|
3055 |
|
---|
3056 | else if (GET_CODE (*pterm) == EQ_ATTR && GET_CODE (exp) == NOT
|
---|
3057 | && GET_CODE (XEXP (exp, 0)) == EQ_ATTR)
|
---|
3058 | {
|
---|
3059 | if (XSTR (*pterm, 0) != XSTR (XEXP (exp, 0), 0))
|
---|
3060 | return exp;
|
---|
3061 |
|
---|
3062 | if (! strcmp (XSTR (*pterm, 1), XSTR (XEXP (exp, 0), 1)))
|
---|
3063 | return false_rtx;
|
---|
3064 | else
|
---|
3065 | return true_rtx;
|
---|
3066 | }
|
---|
3067 |
|
---|
3068 | else if (GET_CODE (exp) == EQ_ATTR && GET_CODE (*pterm) == NOT
|
---|
3069 | && GET_CODE (XEXP (*pterm, 0)) == EQ_ATTR)
|
---|
3070 | {
|
---|
3071 | if (XSTR (exp, 0) != XSTR (XEXP (*pterm, 0), 0))
|
---|
3072 | return exp;
|
---|
3073 |
|
---|
3074 | if (! strcmp (XSTR (exp, 1), XSTR (XEXP (*pterm, 0), 1)))
|
---|
3075 | return false_rtx;
|
---|
3076 | else
|
---|
3077 | *pterm = true_rtx;
|
---|
3078 | }
|
---|
3079 |
|
---|
3080 | else if (GET_CODE (exp) == NOT && GET_CODE (*pterm) == NOT)
|
---|
3081 | {
|
---|
3082 | if (attr_equal_p (XEXP (exp, 0), XEXP (*pterm, 0)))
|
---|
3083 | return true_rtx;
|
---|
3084 | }
|
---|
3085 |
|
---|
3086 | else if (GET_CODE (exp) == NOT)
|
---|
3087 | {
|
---|
3088 | if (attr_equal_p (XEXP (exp, 0), *pterm))
|
---|
3089 | return false_rtx;
|
---|
3090 | }
|
---|
3091 |
|
---|
3092 | else if (GET_CODE (*pterm) == NOT)
|
---|
3093 | {
|
---|
3094 | if (attr_equal_p (XEXP (*pterm, 0), exp))
|
---|
3095 | return false_rtx;
|
---|
3096 | }
|
---|
3097 |
|
---|
3098 | else if (attr_equal_p (exp, *pterm))
|
---|
3099 | return true_rtx;
|
---|
3100 |
|
---|
3101 | return exp;
|
---|
3102 | }
|
---|
3103 | |
---|
3104 |
|
---|
3105 | /* Similar to `simplify_and_tree', but for IOR trees. */
|
---|
3106 |
|
---|
3107 | static rtx
|
---|
3108 | simplify_or_tree (exp, pterm, insn_code, insn_index)
|
---|
3109 | rtx exp;
|
---|
3110 | rtx *pterm;
|
---|
3111 | int insn_code, insn_index;
|
---|
3112 | {
|
---|
3113 | rtx left, right;
|
---|
3114 | rtx newexp;
|
---|
3115 | rtx temp;
|
---|
3116 | int left_eliminates_term, right_eliminates_term;
|
---|
3117 |
|
---|
3118 | if (GET_CODE (exp) == IOR)
|
---|
3119 | {
|
---|
3120 | left = simplify_or_tree (XEXP (exp, 0), pterm, insn_code, insn_index);
|
---|
3121 | right = simplify_or_tree (XEXP (exp, 1), pterm, insn_code, insn_index);
|
---|
3122 | if (left != XEXP (exp, 0) || right != XEXP (exp, 1))
|
---|
3123 | {
|
---|
3124 | newexp = attr_rtx (GET_CODE (exp), left, right);
|
---|
3125 |
|
---|
3126 | exp = simplify_test_exp_in_temp (newexp, insn_code, insn_index);
|
---|
3127 | }
|
---|
3128 | }
|
---|
3129 |
|
---|
3130 | else if (GET_CODE (exp) == AND)
|
---|
3131 | {
|
---|
3132 | /* For the AND case, we do the same as above, except that we can
|
---|
3133 | only eliminate `term' if both sides of the AND would do so. */
|
---|
3134 | temp = *pterm;
|
---|
3135 | left = simplify_or_tree (XEXP (exp, 0), &temp, insn_code, insn_index);
|
---|
3136 | left_eliminates_term = (temp == false_rtx);
|
---|
3137 |
|
---|
3138 | temp = *pterm;
|
---|
3139 | right = simplify_or_tree (XEXP (exp, 1), &temp, insn_code, insn_index);
|
---|
3140 | right_eliminates_term = (temp == false_rtx);
|
---|
3141 |
|
---|
3142 | if (left_eliminates_term && right_eliminates_term)
|
---|
3143 | *pterm = false_rtx;
|
---|
3144 |
|
---|
3145 | if (left != XEXP (exp, 0) || right != XEXP (exp, 1))
|
---|
3146 | {
|
---|
3147 | newexp = attr_rtx (GET_CODE (exp), left, right);
|
---|
3148 |
|
---|
3149 | exp = simplify_test_exp_in_temp (newexp, insn_code, insn_index);
|
---|
3150 | }
|
---|
3151 | }
|
---|
3152 |
|
---|
3153 | if (attr_equal_p (exp, *pterm))
|
---|
3154 | return false_rtx;
|
---|
3155 |
|
---|
3156 | else if (GET_CODE (exp) == NOT && attr_equal_p (XEXP (exp, 0), *pterm))
|
---|
3157 | return true_rtx;
|
---|
3158 |
|
---|
3159 | else if (GET_CODE (*pterm) == NOT && attr_equal_p (XEXP (*pterm, 0), exp))
|
---|
3160 | return true_rtx;
|
---|
3161 |
|
---|
3162 | else if (GET_CODE (*pterm) == EQ_ATTR && GET_CODE (exp) == NOT
|
---|
3163 | && GET_CODE (XEXP (exp, 0)) == EQ_ATTR
|
---|
3164 | && XSTR (*pterm, 0) == XSTR (XEXP (exp, 0), 0))
|
---|
3165 | *pterm = false_rtx;
|
---|
3166 |
|
---|
3167 | else if (GET_CODE (exp) == EQ_ATTR && GET_CODE (*pterm) == NOT
|
---|
3168 | && GET_CODE (XEXP (*pterm, 0)) == EQ_ATTR
|
---|
3169 | && XSTR (exp, 0) == XSTR (XEXP (*pterm, 0), 0))
|
---|
3170 | return false_rtx;
|
---|
3171 |
|
---|
3172 | return exp;
|
---|
3173 | }
|
---|
3174 | /* Compute approximate cost of the expression. Used to decide whether
|
---|
3175 | expression is cheap enough for inline. */
|
---|
3176 | static int
|
---|
3177 | attr_rtx_cost (x)
|
---|
3178 | rtx x;
|
---|
3179 | {
|
---|
3180 | int cost = 0;
|
---|
3181 | enum rtx_code code;
|
---|
3182 | if (!x)
|
---|
3183 | return 0;
|
---|
3184 | code = GET_CODE (x);
|
---|
3185 | switch (code)
|
---|
3186 | {
|
---|
3187 | case MATCH_OPERAND:
|
---|
3188 | if (XSTR (x, 1)[0])
|
---|
3189 | return 10;
|
---|
3190 | else
|
---|
3191 | return 0;
|
---|
3192 | case EQ_ATTR:
|
---|
3193 | /* Alternatives don't result into function call. */
|
---|
3194 | if (!strcmp (XSTR (x, 0), "alternative"))
|
---|
3195 | return 0;
|
---|
3196 | else
|
---|
3197 | return 5;
|
---|
3198 | default:
|
---|
3199 | {
|
---|
3200 | int i, j;
|
---|
3201 | const char *fmt = GET_RTX_FORMAT (code);
|
---|
3202 | for (i = GET_RTX_LENGTH (code) - 1; i >= 0; i--)
|
---|
3203 | {
|
---|
3204 | switch (fmt[i])
|
---|
3205 | {
|
---|
3206 | case 'V':
|
---|
3207 | case 'E':
|
---|
3208 | for (j = 0; j < XVECLEN (x, i); j++)
|
---|
3209 | cost += attr_rtx_cost (XVECEXP (x, i, j));
|
---|
3210 | break;
|
---|
3211 | case 'e':
|
---|
3212 | cost += attr_rtx_cost (XEXP (x, i));
|
---|
3213 | break;
|
---|
3214 | }
|
---|
3215 | }
|
---|
3216 | }
|
---|
3217 | break;
|
---|
3218 | }
|
---|
3219 | return cost;
|
---|
3220 | }
|
---|
3221 | |
---|
3222 |
|
---|
3223 |
|
---|
3224 | /* Simplify test expression and use temporary obstack in order to avoid
|
---|
3225 | memory bloat. Use RTX_UNCHANGING_P to avoid unnecesary simplifications
|
---|
3226 | and avoid unnecesary copying if possible. */
|
---|
3227 |
|
---|
3228 | static rtx
|
---|
3229 | simplify_test_exp_in_temp (exp, insn_code, insn_index)
|
---|
3230 | rtx exp;
|
---|
3231 | int insn_code, insn_index;
|
---|
3232 | {
|
---|
3233 | rtx x;
|
---|
3234 | struct obstack *old;
|
---|
3235 | if (RTX_UNCHANGING_P (exp))
|
---|
3236 | return exp;
|
---|
3237 | old = rtl_obstack;
|
---|
3238 | rtl_obstack = temp_obstack;
|
---|
3239 | x = simplify_test_exp (exp, insn_code, insn_index);
|
---|
3240 | rtl_obstack = old;
|
---|
3241 | if (x == exp || rtl_obstack == temp_obstack)
|
---|
3242 | return x;
|
---|
3243 | return attr_copy_rtx (x);
|
---|
3244 | }
|
---|
3245 |
|
---|
3246 | /* Given an expression, see if it can be simplified for a particular insn
|
---|
3247 | code based on the values of other attributes being tested. This can
|
---|
3248 | eliminate nested get_attr_... calls.
|
---|
3249 |
|
---|
3250 | Note that if an endless recursion is specified in the patterns, the
|
---|
3251 | optimization will loop. However, it will do so in precisely the cases where
|
---|
3252 | an infinite recursion loop could occur during compilation. It's better that
|
---|
3253 | it occurs here! */
|
---|
3254 |
|
---|
3255 | static rtx
|
---|
3256 | simplify_test_exp (exp, insn_code, insn_index)
|
---|
3257 | rtx exp;
|
---|
3258 | int insn_code, insn_index;
|
---|
3259 | {
|
---|
3260 | rtx left, right;
|
---|
3261 | struct attr_desc *attr;
|
---|
3262 | struct attr_value *av;
|
---|
3263 | struct insn_ent *ie;
|
---|
3264 | int i;
|
---|
3265 | rtx newexp = exp;
|
---|
3266 |
|
---|
3267 | /* Don't re-simplify something we already simplified. */
|
---|
3268 | if (RTX_UNCHANGING_P (exp) || MEM_IN_STRUCT_P (exp))
|
---|
3269 | return exp;
|
---|
3270 |
|
---|
3271 | switch (GET_CODE (exp))
|
---|
3272 | {
|
---|
3273 | case AND:
|
---|
3274 | left = SIMPLIFY_TEST_EXP (XEXP (exp, 0), insn_code, insn_index);
|
---|
3275 | SIMPLIFY_ALTERNATIVE (left);
|
---|
3276 | if (left == false_rtx)
|
---|
3277 | return false_rtx;
|
---|
3278 | right = SIMPLIFY_TEST_EXP (XEXP (exp, 1), insn_code, insn_index);
|
---|
3279 | SIMPLIFY_ALTERNATIVE (right);
|
---|
3280 | if (left == false_rtx)
|
---|
3281 | return false_rtx;
|
---|
3282 |
|
---|
3283 | /* If either side is an IOR and we have (eq_attr "alternative" ..")
|
---|
3284 | present on both sides, apply the distributive law since this will
|
---|
3285 | yield simplifications. */
|
---|
3286 | if ((GET_CODE (left) == IOR || GET_CODE (right) == IOR)
|
---|
3287 | && compute_alternative_mask (left, IOR)
|
---|
3288 | && compute_alternative_mask (right, IOR))
|
---|
3289 | {
|
---|
3290 | if (GET_CODE (left) == IOR)
|
---|
3291 | {
|
---|
3292 | rtx tem = left;
|
---|
3293 | left = right;
|
---|
3294 | right = tem;
|
---|
3295 | }
|
---|
3296 |
|
---|
3297 | newexp = attr_rtx (IOR,
|
---|
3298 | attr_rtx (AND, left, XEXP (right, 0)),
|
---|
3299 | attr_rtx (AND, left, XEXP (right, 1)));
|
---|
3300 |
|
---|
3301 | return SIMPLIFY_TEST_EXP (newexp, insn_code, insn_index);
|
---|
3302 | }
|
---|
3303 |
|
---|
3304 | /* Try with the term on both sides. */
|
---|
3305 | right = simplify_and_tree (right, &left, insn_code, insn_index);
|
---|
3306 | if (left == XEXP (exp, 0) && right == XEXP (exp, 1))
|
---|
3307 | left = simplify_and_tree (left, &right, insn_code, insn_index);
|
---|
3308 |
|
---|
3309 | if (left == false_rtx || right == false_rtx)
|
---|
3310 | return false_rtx;
|
---|
3311 | else if (left == true_rtx)
|
---|
3312 | {
|
---|
3313 | return right;
|
---|
3314 | }
|
---|
3315 | else if (right == true_rtx)
|
---|
3316 | {
|
---|
3317 | return left;
|
---|
3318 | }
|
---|
3319 | /* See if all or all but one of the insn's alternatives are specified
|
---|
3320 | in this tree. Optimize if so. */
|
---|
3321 |
|
---|
3322 | else if (insn_code >= 0
|
---|
3323 | && (GET_CODE (left) == AND
|
---|
3324 | || (GET_CODE (left) == NOT
|
---|
3325 | && GET_CODE (XEXP (left, 0)) == EQ_ATTR
|
---|
3326 | && XSTR (XEXP (left, 0), 0) == alternative_name)
|
---|
3327 | || GET_CODE (right) == AND
|
---|
3328 | || (GET_CODE (right) == NOT
|
---|
3329 | && GET_CODE (XEXP (right, 0)) == EQ_ATTR
|
---|
3330 | && XSTR (XEXP (right, 0), 0) == alternative_name)))
|
---|
3331 | {
|
---|
3332 | i = compute_alternative_mask (exp, AND);
|
---|
3333 | if (i & ~insn_alternatives[insn_code])
|
---|
3334 | fatal ("invalid alternative specified for pattern number %d",
|
---|
3335 | insn_index);
|
---|
3336 |
|
---|
3337 | /* If all alternatives are excluded, this is false. */
|
---|
3338 | i ^= insn_alternatives[insn_code];
|
---|
3339 | if (i == 0)
|
---|
3340 | return false_rtx;
|
---|
3341 | else if ((i & (i - 1)) == 0 && insn_alternatives[insn_code] > 1)
|
---|
3342 | {
|
---|
3343 | /* If just one excluded, AND a comparison with that one to the
|
---|
3344 | front of the tree. The others will be eliminated by
|
---|
3345 | optimization. We do not want to do this if the insn has one
|
---|
3346 | alternative and we have tested none of them! */
|
---|
3347 | left = make_alternative_compare (i);
|
---|
3348 | right = simplify_and_tree (exp, &left, insn_code, insn_index);
|
---|
3349 | newexp = attr_rtx (AND, left, right);
|
---|
3350 |
|
---|
3351 | return SIMPLIFY_TEST_EXP (newexp, insn_code, insn_index);
|
---|
3352 | }
|
---|
3353 | }
|
---|
3354 |
|
---|
3355 | if (left != XEXP (exp, 0) || right != XEXP (exp, 1))
|
---|
3356 | {
|
---|
3357 | newexp = attr_rtx (AND, left, right);
|
---|
3358 | return SIMPLIFY_TEST_EXP (newexp, insn_code, insn_index);
|
---|
3359 | }
|
---|
3360 | break;
|
---|
3361 |
|
---|
3362 | case IOR:
|
---|
3363 | left = SIMPLIFY_TEST_EXP (XEXP (exp, 0), insn_code, insn_index);
|
---|
3364 | SIMPLIFY_ALTERNATIVE (left);
|
---|
3365 | if (left == true_rtx)
|
---|
3366 | return true_rtx;
|
---|
3367 | right = SIMPLIFY_TEST_EXP (XEXP (exp, 1), insn_code, insn_index);
|
---|
3368 | SIMPLIFY_ALTERNATIVE (right);
|
---|
3369 | if (right == true_rtx)
|
---|
3370 | return true_rtx;
|
---|
3371 |
|
---|
3372 | right = simplify_or_tree (right, &left, insn_code, insn_index);
|
---|
3373 | if (left == XEXP (exp, 0) && right == XEXP (exp, 1))
|
---|
3374 | left = simplify_or_tree (left, &right, insn_code, insn_index);
|
---|
3375 |
|
---|
3376 | if (right == true_rtx || left == true_rtx)
|
---|
3377 | return true_rtx;
|
---|
3378 | else if (left == false_rtx)
|
---|
3379 | {
|
---|
3380 | return right;
|
---|
3381 | }
|
---|
3382 | else if (right == false_rtx)
|
---|
3383 | {
|
---|
3384 | return left;
|
---|
3385 | }
|
---|
3386 |
|
---|
3387 | /* Test for simple cases where the distributive law is useful. I.e.,
|
---|
3388 | convert (ior (and (x) (y))
|
---|
3389 | (and (x) (z)))
|
---|
3390 | to (and (x)
|
---|
3391 | (ior (y) (z)))
|
---|
3392 | */
|
---|
3393 |
|
---|
3394 | else if (GET_CODE (left) == AND && GET_CODE (right) == AND
|
---|
3395 | && attr_equal_p (XEXP (left, 0), XEXP (right, 0)))
|
---|
3396 | {
|
---|
3397 | newexp = attr_rtx (IOR, XEXP (left, 1), XEXP (right, 1));
|
---|
3398 |
|
---|
3399 | left = XEXP (left, 0);
|
---|
3400 | right = newexp;
|
---|
3401 | newexp = attr_rtx (AND, left, right);
|
---|
3402 | return SIMPLIFY_TEST_EXP (newexp, insn_code, insn_index);
|
---|
3403 | }
|
---|
3404 |
|
---|
3405 | /* See if all or all but one of the insn's alternatives are specified
|
---|
3406 | in this tree. Optimize if so. */
|
---|
3407 |
|
---|
3408 | else if (insn_code >= 0
|
---|
3409 | && (GET_CODE (left) == IOR
|
---|
3410 | || (GET_CODE (left) == EQ_ATTR
|
---|
3411 | && XSTR (left, 0) == alternative_name)
|
---|
3412 | || GET_CODE (right) == IOR
|
---|
3413 | || (GET_CODE (right) == EQ_ATTR
|
---|
3414 | && XSTR (right, 0) == alternative_name)))
|
---|
3415 | {
|
---|
3416 | i = compute_alternative_mask (exp, IOR);
|
---|
3417 | if (i & ~insn_alternatives[insn_code])
|
---|
3418 | fatal ("invalid alternative specified for pattern number %d",
|
---|
3419 | insn_index);
|
---|
3420 |
|
---|
3421 | /* If all alternatives are included, this is true. */
|
---|
3422 | i ^= insn_alternatives[insn_code];
|
---|
3423 | if (i == 0)
|
---|
3424 | return true_rtx;
|
---|
3425 | else if ((i & (i - 1)) == 0 && insn_alternatives[insn_code] > 1)
|
---|
3426 | {
|
---|
3427 | /* If just one excluded, IOR a comparison with that one to the
|
---|
3428 | front of the tree. The others will be eliminated by
|
---|
3429 | optimization. We do not want to do this if the insn has one
|
---|
3430 | alternative and we have tested none of them! */
|
---|
3431 | left = make_alternative_compare (i);
|
---|
3432 | right = simplify_and_tree (exp, &left, insn_code, insn_index);
|
---|
3433 | newexp = attr_rtx (IOR, attr_rtx (NOT, left), right);
|
---|
3434 |
|
---|
3435 | return SIMPLIFY_TEST_EXP (newexp, insn_code, insn_index);
|
---|
3436 | }
|
---|
3437 | }
|
---|
3438 |
|
---|
3439 | if (left != XEXP (exp, 0) || right != XEXP (exp, 1))
|
---|
3440 | {
|
---|
3441 | newexp = attr_rtx (IOR, left, right);
|
---|
3442 | return SIMPLIFY_TEST_EXP (newexp, insn_code, insn_index);
|
---|
3443 | }
|
---|
3444 | break;
|
---|
3445 |
|
---|
3446 | case NOT:
|
---|
3447 | if (GET_CODE (XEXP (exp, 0)) == NOT)
|
---|
3448 | {
|
---|
3449 | left = SIMPLIFY_TEST_EXP (XEXP (XEXP (exp, 0), 0),
|
---|
3450 | insn_code, insn_index);
|
---|
3451 | SIMPLIFY_ALTERNATIVE (left);
|
---|
3452 | return left;
|
---|
3453 | }
|
---|
3454 |
|
---|
3455 | left = SIMPLIFY_TEST_EXP (XEXP (exp, 0), insn_code, insn_index);
|
---|
3456 | SIMPLIFY_ALTERNATIVE (left);
|
---|
3457 | if (GET_CODE (left) == NOT)
|
---|
3458 | return XEXP (left, 0);
|
---|
3459 |
|
---|
3460 | if (left == false_rtx)
|
---|
3461 | return true_rtx;
|
---|
3462 | else if (left == true_rtx)
|
---|
3463 | return false_rtx;
|
---|
3464 |
|
---|
3465 | /* Try to apply De`Morgan's laws. */
|
---|
3466 | else if (GET_CODE (left) == IOR)
|
---|
3467 | {
|
---|
3468 | newexp = attr_rtx (AND,
|
---|
3469 | attr_rtx (NOT, XEXP (left, 0)),
|
---|
3470 | attr_rtx (NOT, XEXP (left, 1)));
|
---|
3471 |
|
---|
3472 | newexp = SIMPLIFY_TEST_EXP (newexp, insn_code, insn_index);
|
---|
3473 | }
|
---|
3474 | else if (GET_CODE (left) == AND)
|
---|
3475 | {
|
---|
3476 | newexp = attr_rtx (IOR,
|
---|
3477 | attr_rtx (NOT, XEXP (left, 0)),
|
---|
3478 | attr_rtx (NOT, XEXP (left, 1)));
|
---|
3479 |
|
---|
3480 | newexp = SIMPLIFY_TEST_EXP (newexp, insn_code, insn_index);
|
---|
3481 | }
|
---|
3482 | else if (left != XEXP (exp, 0))
|
---|
3483 | {
|
---|
3484 | newexp = attr_rtx (NOT, left);
|
---|
3485 | }
|
---|
3486 | break;
|
---|
3487 |
|
---|
3488 | case EQ_ATTR:
|
---|
3489 | if (current_alternative_string && XSTR (exp, 0) == alternative_name)
|
---|
3490 | return (XSTR (exp, 1) == current_alternative_string
|
---|
3491 | ? true_rtx : false_rtx);
|
---|
3492 |
|
---|
3493 | /* Look at the value for this insn code in the specified attribute.
|
---|
3494 | We normally can replace this comparison with the condition that
|
---|
3495 | would give this insn the values being tested for. */
|
---|
3496 | if (XSTR (exp, 0) != alternative_name
|
---|
3497 | && (attr = find_attr (XSTR (exp, 0), 0)) != NULL)
|
---|
3498 | for (av = attr->first_value; av; av = av->next)
|
---|
3499 | for (ie = av->first_insn; ie; ie = ie->next)
|
---|
3500 | if (ie->insn_code == insn_code)
|
---|
3501 | {
|
---|
3502 | rtx x;
|
---|
3503 | x = evaluate_eq_attr (exp, av->value, insn_code, insn_index);
|
---|
3504 | x = SIMPLIFY_TEST_EXP (x, insn_code, insn_index);
|
---|
3505 | if (attr_rtx_cost(x) < 20)
|
---|
3506 | return x;
|
---|
3507 | }
|
---|
3508 | break;
|
---|
3509 |
|
---|
3510 | default:
|
---|
3511 | break;
|
---|
3512 | }
|
---|
3513 |
|
---|
3514 | /* We have already simplified this expression. Simplifying it again
|
---|
3515 | won't buy anything unless we weren't given a valid insn code
|
---|
3516 | to process (i.e., we are canonicalizing something.). */
|
---|
3517 | if (insn_code != -2 /* Seems wrong: && current_alternative_string. */
|
---|
3518 | && ! RTX_UNCHANGING_P (newexp))
|
---|
3519 | return copy_rtx_unchanging (newexp);
|
---|
3520 |
|
---|
3521 | return newexp;
|
---|
3522 | }
|
---|
3523 | |
---|
3524 |
|
---|
3525 | /* Optimize the attribute lists by seeing if we can determine conditional
|
---|
3526 | values from the known values of other attributes. This will save subroutine
|
---|
3527 | calls during the compilation. */
|
---|
3528 |
|
---|
3529 | static void
|
---|
3530 | optimize_attrs ()
|
---|
3531 | {
|
---|
3532 | struct attr_desc *attr;
|
---|
3533 | struct attr_value *av;
|
---|
3534 | struct insn_ent *ie;
|
---|
3535 | rtx newexp;
|
---|
3536 | int i;
|
---|
3537 | struct attr_value_list
|
---|
3538 | {
|
---|
3539 | struct attr_value *av;
|
---|
3540 | struct insn_ent *ie;
|
---|
3541 | struct attr_desc *attr;
|
---|
3542 | struct attr_value_list *next;
|
---|
3543 | };
|
---|
3544 | struct attr_value_list **insn_code_values;
|
---|
3545 | struct attr_value_list *ivbuf;
|
---|
3546 | struct attr_value_list *iv;
|
---|
3547 |
|
---|
3548 | /* For each insn code, make a list of all the insn_ent's for it,
|
---|
3549 | for all values for all attributes. */
|
---|
3550 |
|
---|
3551 | if (num_insn_ents == 0)
|
---|
3552 | return;
|
---|
3553 |
|
---|
3554 | /* Make 2 extra elements, for "code" values -2 and -1. */
|
---|
3555 | insn_code_values
|
---|
3556 | = (struct attr_value_list **) xmalloc ((insn_code_number + 2)
|
---|
3557 | * sizeof (struct attr_value_list *));
|
---|
3558 | memset ((char *) insn_code_values, 0,
|
---|
3559 | (insn_code_number + 2) * sizeof (struct attr_value_list *));
|
---|
3560 |
|
---|
3561 | /* Offset the table address so we can index by -2 or -1. */
|
---|
3562 | insn_code_values += 2;
|
---|
3563 |
|
---|
3564 | iv = ivbuf = ((struct attr_value_list *)
|
---|
3565 | xmalloc (num_insn_ents * sizeof (struct attr_value_list)));
|
---|
3566 |
|
---|
3567 | for (i = 0; i < MAX_ATTRS_INDEX; i++)
|
---|
3568 | for (attr = attrs[i]; attr; attr = attr->next)
|
---|
3569 | for (av = attr->first_value; av; av = av->next)
|
---|
3570 | for (ie = av->first_insn; ie; ie = ie->next)
|
---|
3571 | {
|
---|
3572 | iv->attr = attr;
|
---|
3573 | iv->av = av;
|
---|
3574 | iv->ie = ie;
|
---|
3575 | iv->next = insn_code_values[ie->insn_code];
|
---|
3576 | insn_code_values[ie->insn_code] = iv;
|
---|
3577 | iv++;
|
---|
3578 | }
|
---|
3579 |
|
---|
3580 | /* Sanity check on num_insn_ents. */
|
---|
3581 | if (iv != ivbuf + num_insn_ents)
|
---|
3582 | abort ();
|
---|
3583 |
|
---|
3584 | /* Process one insn code at a time. */
|
---|
3585 | for (i = -2; i < insn_code_number; i++)
|
---|
3586 | {
|
---|
3587 | /* Clear the MEM_IN_STRUCT_P flag everywhere relevant.
|
---|
3588 | We use it to mean "already simplified for this insn". */
|
---|
3589 | for (iv = insn_code_values[i]; iv; iv = iv->next)
|
---|
3590 | clear_struct_flag (iv->av->value);
|
---|
3591 |
|
---|
3592 | for (iv = insn_code_values[i]; iv; iv = iv->next)
|
---|
3593 | {
|
---|
3594 | struct obstack *old = rtl_obstack;
|
---|
3595 |
|
---|
3596 | attr = iv->attr;
|
---|
3597 | av = iv->av;
|
---|
3598 | ie = iv->ie;
|
---|
3599 | if (GET_CODE (av->value) != COND)
|
---|
3600 | continue;
|
---|
3601 |
|
---|
3602 | rtl_obstack = temp_obstack;
|
---|
3603 | #if 0 /* This was intended as a speed up, but it was slower. */
|
---|
3604 | if (insn_n_alternatives[ie->insn_code] > 6
|
---|
3605 | && count_sub_rtxs (av->value, 200) >= 200)
|
---|
3606 | newexp = simplify_by_alternatives (av->value, ie->insn_code,
|
---|
3607 | ie->insn_index);
|
---|
3608 | else
|
---|
3609 | #endif
|
---|
3610 | newexp = av->value;
|
---|
3611 | while (GET_CODE (newexp) == COND)
|
---|
3612 | {
|
---|
3613 | rtx newexp2 = simplify_cond (newexp, ie->insn_code,
|
---|
3614 | ie->insn_index);
|
---|
3615 | if (newexp2 == newexp)
|
---|
3616 | break;
|
---|
3617 | newexp = newexp2;
|
---|
3618 | }
|
---|
3619 |
|
---|
3620 | rtl_obstack = old;
|
---|
3621 | if (newexp != av->value)
|
---|
3622 | {
|
---|
3623 | newexp = attr_copy_rtx (newexp);
|
---|
3624 | remove_insn_ent (av, ie);
|
---|
3625 | av = get_attr_value (newexp, attr, ie->insn_code);
|
---|
3626 | iv->av = av;
|
---|
3627 | insert_insn_ent (av, ie);
|
---|
3628 | }
|
---|
3629 | }
|
---|
3630 | }
|
---|
3631 |
|
---|
3632 | free (ivbuf);
|
---|
3633 | free (insn_code_values - 2);
|
---|
3634 | }
|
---|
3635 |
|
---|
3636 | #if 0
|
---|
3637 | static rtx
|
---|
3638 | simplify_by_alternatives (exp, insn_code, insn_index)
|
---|
3639 | rtx exp;
|
---|
3640 | int insn_code, insn_index;
|
---|
3641 | {
|
---|
3642 | int i;
|
---|
3643 | int len = insn_n_alternatives[insn_code];
|
---|
3644 | rtx newexp = rtx_alloc (COND);
|
---|
3645 | rtx ultimate;
|
---|
3646 |
|
---|
3647 | XVEC (newexp, 0) = rtvec_alloc (len * 2);
|
---|
3648 |
|
---|
3649 | /* It will not matter what value we use as the default value
|
---|
3650 | of the new COND, since that default will never be used.
|
---|
3651 | Choose something of the right type. */
|
---|
3652 | for (ultimate = exp; GET_CODE (ultimate) == COND;)
|
---|
3653 | ultimate = XEXP (ultimate, 1);
|
---|
3654 | XEXP (newexp, 1) = ultimate;
|
---|
3655 |
|
---|
3656 | for (i = 0; i < insn_n_alternatives[insn_code]; i++)
|
---|
3657 | {
|
---|
3658 | current_alternative_string = attr_numeral (i);
|
---|
3659 | XVECEXP (newexp, 0, i * 2) = make_alternative_compare (1 << i);
|
---|
3660 | XVECEXP (newexp, 0, i * 2 + 1)
|
---|
3661 | = simplify_cond (exp, insn_code, insn_index);
|
---|
3662 | }
|
---|
3663 |
|
---|
3664 | current_alternative_string = 0;
|
---|
3665 | return simplify_cond (newexp, insn_code, insn_index);
|
---|
3666 | }
|
---|
3667 | #endif
|
---|
3668 | |
---|
3669 |
|
---|
3670 | /* If EXP is a suitable expression, reorganize it by constructing an
|
---|
3671 | equivalent expression that is a COND with the tests being all combinations
|
---|
3672 | of attribute values and the values being simple constants. */
|
---|
3673 |
|
---|
3674 | static rtx
|
---|
3675 | simplify_by_exploding (exp)
|
---|
3676 | rtx exp;
|
---|
3677 | {
|
---|
3678 | rtx list = 0, link, condexp, defval = NULL_RTX;
|
---|
3679 | struct dimension *space;
|
---|
3680 | rtx *condtest, *condval;
|
---|
3681 | int i, j, total, ndim = 0;
|
---|
3682 | int most_tests, num_marks, new_marks;
|
---|
3683 | rtx ret;
|
---|
3684 |
|
---|
3685 | /* Locate all the EQ_ATTR expressions. */
|
---|
3686 | if (! find_and_mark_used_attributes (exp, &list, &ndim) || ndim == 0)
|
---|
3687 | {
|
---|
3688 | unmark_used_attributes (list, 0, 0);
|
---|
3689 | return exp;
|
---|
3690 | }
|
---|
3691 |
|
---|
3692 | /* Create an attribute space from the list of used attributes. For each
|
---|
3693 | dimension in the attribute space, record the attribute, list of values
|
---|
3694 | used, and number of values used. Add members to the list of values to
|
---|
3695 | cover the domain of the attribute. This makes the expanded COND form
|
---|
3696 | order independent. */
|
---|
3697 |
|
---|
3698 | space = (struct dimension *) xmalloc (ndim * sizeof (struct dimension));
|
---|
3699 |
|
---|
3700 | total = 1;
|
---|
3701 | for (ndim = 0; list; ndim++)
|
---|
3702 | {
|
---|
3703 | /* Pull the first attribute value from the list and record that
|
---|
3704 | attribute as another dimension in the attribute space. */
|
---|
3705 | const char *name = XSTR (XEXP (list, 0), 0);
|
---|
3706 | rtx *prev;
|
---|
3707 |
|
---|
3708 | if ((space[ndim].attr = find_attr (name, 0)) == 0
|
---|
3709 | || space[ndim].attr->is_numeric)
|
---|
3710 | {
|
---|
3711 | unmark_used_attributes (list, space, ndim);
|
---|
3712 | return exp;
|
---|
3713 | }
|
---|
3714 |
|
---|
3715 | /* Add all remaining attribute values that refer to this attribute. */
|
---|
3716 | space[ndim].num_values = 0;
|
---|
3717 | space[ndim].values = 0;
|
---|
3718 | prev = &list;
|
---|
3719 | for (link = list; link; link = *prev)
|
---|
3720 | if (! strcmp (XSTR (XEXP (link, 0), 0), name))
|
---|
3721 | {
|
---|
3722 | space[ndim].num_values++;
|
---|
3723 | *prev = XEXP (link, 1);
|
---|
3724 | XEXP (link, 1) = space[ndim].values;
|
---|
3725 | space[ndim].values = link;
|
---|
3726 | }
|
---|
3727 | else
|
---|
3728 | prev = &XEXP (link, 1);
|
---|
3729 |
|
---|
3730 | /* Add sufficient members to the list of values to make the list
|
---|
3731 | mutually exclusive and record the total size of the attribute
|
---|
3732 | space. */
|
---|
3733 | total *= add_values_to_cover (&space[ndim]);
|
---|
3734 | }
|
---|
3735 |
|
---|
3736 | /* Sort the attribute space so that the attributes go from non-constant
|
---|
3737 | to constant and from most values to least values. */
|
---|
3738 | for (i = 0; i < ndim; i++)
|
---|
3739 | for (j = ndim - 1; j > i; j--)
|
---|
3740 | if ((space[j-1].attr->is_const && !space[j].attr->is_const)
|
---|
3741 | || space[j-1].num_values < space[j].num_values)
|
---|
3742 | {
|
---|
3743 | struct dimension tmp;
|
---|
3744 | tmp = space[j];
|
---|
3745 | space[j] = space[j - 1];
|
---|
3746 | space[j - 1] = tmp;
|
---|
3747 | }
|
---|
3748 |
|
---|
3749 | /* Establish the initial current value. */
|
---|
3750 | for (i = 0; i < ndim; i++)
|
---|
3751 | space[i].current_value = space[i].values;
|
---|
3752 |
|
---|
3753 | condtest = (rtx *) xmalloc (total * sizeof (rtx));
|
---|
3754 | condval = (rtx *) xmalloc (total * sizeof (rtx));
|
---|
3755 |
|
---|
3756 | /* Expand the tests and values by iterating over all values in the
|
---|
3757 | attribute space. */
|
---|
3758 | for (i = 0;; i++)
|
---|
3759 | {
|
---|
3760 | condtest[i] = test_for_current_value (space, ndim);
|
---|
3761 | condval[i] = simplify_with_current_value (exp, space, ndim);
|
---|
3762 | if (! increment_current_value (space, ndim))
|
---|
3763 | break;
|
---|
3764 | }
|
---|
3765 | if (i != total - 1)
|
---|
3766 | abort ();
|
---|
3767 |
|
---|
3768 | /* We are now finished with the original expression. */
|
---|
3769 | unmark_used_attributes (0, space, ndim);
|
---|
3770 | free (space);
|
---|
3771 |
|
---|
3772 | /* Find the most used constant value and make that the default. */
|
---|
3773 | most_tests = -1;
|
---|
3774 | for (i = num_marks = 0; i < total; i++)
|
---|
3775 | if (GET_CODE (condval[i]) == CONST_STRING
|
---|
3776 | && ! MEM_VOLATILE_P (condval[i]))
|
---|
3777 | {
|
---|
3778 | /* Mark the unmarked constant value and count how many are marked. */
|
---|
3779 | MEM_VOLATILE_P (condval[i]) = 1;
|
---|
3780 | for (j = new_marks = 0; j < total; j++)
|
---|
3781 | if (GET_CODE (condval[j]) == CONST_STRING
|
---|
3782 | && MEM_VOLATILE_P (condval[j]))
|
---|
3783 | new_marks++;
|
---|
3784 | if (new_marks - num_marks > most_tests)
|
---|
3785 | {
|
---|
3786 | most_tests = new_marks - num_marks;
|
---|
3787 | defval = condval[i];
|
---|
3788 | }
|
---|
3789 | num_marks = new_marks;
|
---|
3790 | }
|
---|
3791 | /* Clear all the marks. */
|
---|
3792 | for (i = 0; i < total; i++)
|
---|
3793 | MEM_VOLATILE_P (condval[i]) = 0;
|
---|
3794 |
|
---|
3795 | /* Give up if nothing is constant. */
|
---|
3796 | if (num_marks == 0)
|
---|
3797 | ret = exp;
|
---|
3798 |
|
---|
3799 | /* If all values are the default, use that. */
|
---|
3800 | else if (total == most_tests)
|
---|
3801 | ret = defval;
|
---|
3802 |
|
---|
3803 | /* Make a COND with the most common constant value the default. (A more
|
---|
3804 | complex method where tests with the same value were combined didn't
|
---|
3805 | seem to improve things.) */
|
---|
3806 | else
|
---|
3807 | {
|
---|
3808 | condexp = rtx_alloc (COND);
|
---|
3809 | XVEC (condexp, 0) = rtvec_alloc ((total - most_tests) * 2);
|
---|
3810 | XEXP (condexp, 1) = defval;
|
---|
3811 | for (i = j = 0; i < total; i++)
|
---|
3812 | if (condval[i] != defval)
|
---|
3813 | {
|
---|
3814 | XVECEXP (condexp, 0, 2 * j) = condtest[i];
|
---|
3815 | XVECEXP (condexp, 0, 2 * j + 1) = condval[i];
|
---|
3816 | j++;
|
---|
3817 | }
|
---|
3818 | ret = condexp;
|
---|
3819 | }
|
---|
3820 | free (condtest);
|
---|
3821 | free (condval);
|
---|
3822 | return ret;
|
---|
3823 | }
|
---|
3824 |
|
---|
3825 | /* Set the MEM_VOLATILE_P flag for all EQ_ATTR expressions in EXP and
|
---|
3826 | verify that EXP can be simplified to a constant term if all the EQ_ATTR
|
---|
3827 | tests have known value. */
|
---|
3828 |
|
---|
3829 | static int
|
---|
3830 | find_and_mark_used_attributes (exp, terms, nterms)
|
---|
3831 | rtx exp, *terms;
|
---|
3832 | int *nterms;
|
---|
3833 | {
|
---|
3834 | int i;
|
---|
3835 |
|
---|
3836 | switch (GET_CODE (exp))
|
---|
3837 | {
|
---|
3838 | case EQ_ATTR:
|
---|
3839 | if (! MEM_VOLATILE_P (exp))
|
---|
3840 | {
|
---|
3841 | rtx link = rtx_alloc (EXPR_LIST);
|
---|
3842 | XEXP (link, 0) = exp;
|
---|
3843 | XEXP (link, 1) = *terms;
|
---|
3844 | *terms = link;
|
---|
3845 | *nterms += 1;
|
---|
3846 | MEM_VOLATILE_P (exp) = 1;
|
---|
3847 | }
|
---|
3848 | return 1;
|
---|
3849 |
|
---|
3850 | case CONST_STRING:
|
---|
3851 | case CONST_INT:
|
---|
3852 | return 1;
|
---|
3853 |
|
---|
3854 | case IF_THEN_ELSE:
|
---|
3855 | if (! find_and_mark_used_attributes (XEXP (exp, 2), terms, nterms))
|
---|
3856 | return 0;
|
---|
3857 | case IOR:
|
---|
3858 | case AND:
|
---|
3859 | if (! find_and_mark_used_attributes (XEXP (exp, 1), terms, nterms))
|
---|
3860 | return 0;
|
---|
3861 | case NOT:
|
---|
3862 | if (! find_and_mark_used_attributes (XEXP (exp, 0), terms, nterms))
|
---|
3863 | return 0;
|
---|
3864 | return 1;
|
---|
3865 |
|
---|
3866 | case COND:
|
---|
3867 | for (i = 0; i < XVECLEN (exp, 0); i++)
|
---|
3868 | if (! find_and_mark_used_attributes (XVECEXP (exp, 0, i), terms, nterms))
|
---|
3869 | return 0;
|
---|
3870 | if (! find_and_mark_used_attributes (XEXP (exp, 1), terms, nterms))
|
---|
3871 | return 0;
|
---|
3872 | return 1;
|
---|
3873 |
|
---|
3874 | default:
|
---|
3875 | return 0;
|
---|
3876 | }
|
---|
3877 | }
|
---|
3878 |
|
---|
3879 | /* Clear the MEM_VOLATILE_P flag in all EQ_ATTR expressions on LIST and
|
---|
3880 | in the values of the NDIM-dimensional attribute space SPACE. */
|
---|
3881 |
|
---|
3882 | static void
|
---|
3883 | unmark_used_attributes (list, space, ndim)
|
---|
3884 | rtx list;
|
---|
3885 | struct dimension *space;
|
---|
3886 | int ndim;
|
---|
3887 | {
|
---|
3888 | rtx link, exp;
|
---|
3889 | int i;
|
---|
3890 |
|
---|
3891 | for (i = 0; i < ndim; i++)
|
---|
3892 | unmark_used_attributes (space[i].values, 0, 0);
|
---|
3893 |
|
---|
3894 | for (link = list; link; link = XEXP (link, 1))
|
---|
3895 | {
|
---|
3896 | exp = XEXP (link, 0);
|
---|
3897 | if (GET_CODE (exp) == EQ_ATTR)
|
---|
3898 | MEM_VOLATILE_P (exp) = 0;
|
---|
3899 | }
|
---|
3900 | }
|
---|
3901 |
|
---|
3902 | /* Update the attribute dimension DIM so that all values of the attribute
|
---|
3903 | are tested. Return the updated number of values. */
|
---|
3904 |
|
---|
3905 | static int
|
---|
3906 | add_values_to_cover (dim)
|
---|
3907 | struct dimension *dim;
|
---|
3908 | {
|
---|
3909 | struct attr_value *av;
|
---|
3910 | rtx exp, link, *prev;
|
---|
3911 | int nalt = 0;
|
---|
3912 |
|
---|
3913 | for (av = dim->attr->first_value; av; av = av->next)
|
---|
3914 | if (GET_CODE (av->value) == CONST_STRING)
|
---|
3915 | nalt++;
|
---|
3916 |
|
---|
3917 | if (nalt < dim->num_values)
|
---|
3918 | abort ();
|
---|
3919 | else if (nalt == dim->num_values)
|
---|
3920 | /* OK. */
|
---|
3921 | ;
|
---|
3922 | else if (nalt * 2 < dim->num_values * 3)
|
---|
3923 | {
|
---|
3924 | /* Most all the values of the attribute are used, so add all the unused
|
---|
3925 | values. */
|
---|
3926 | prev = &dim->values;
|
---|
3927 | for (link = dim->values; link; link = *prev)
|
---|
3928 | prev = &XEXP (link, 1);
|
---|
3929 |
|
---|
3930 | for (av = dim->attr->first_value; av; av = av->next)
|
---|
3931 | if (GET_CODE (av->value) == CONST_STRING)
|
---|
3932 | {
|
---|
3933 | exp = attr_eq (dim->attr->name, XSTR (av->value, 0));
|
---|
3934 | if (MEM_VOLATILE_P (exp))
|
---|
3935 | continue;
|
---|
3936 |
|
---|
3937 | link = rtx_alloc (EXPR_LIST);
|
---|
3938 | XEXP (link, 0) = exp;
|
---|
3939 | XEXP (link, 1) = 0;
|
---|
3940 | *prev = link;
|
---|
3941 | prev = &XEXP (link, 1);
|
---|
3942 | }
|
---|
3943 | dim->num_values = nalt;
|
---|
3944 | }
|
---|
3945 | else
|
---|
3946 | {
|
---|
3947 | rtx orexp = false_rtx;
|
---|
3948 |
|
---|
3949 | /* Very few values are used, so compute a mutually exclusive
|
---|
3950 | expression. (We could do this for numeric values if that becomes
|
---|
3951 | important.) */
|
---|
3952 | prev = &dim->values;
|
---|
3953 | for (link = dim->values; link; link = *prev)
|
---|
3954 | {
|
---|
3955 | orexp = insert_right_side (IOR, orexp, XEXP (link, 0), -2, -2);
|
---|
3956 | prev = &XEXP (link, 1);
|
---|
3957 | }
|
---|
3958 | link = rtx_alloc (EXPR_LIST);
|
---|
3959 | XEXP (link, 0) = attr_rtx (NOT, orexp);
|
---|
3960 | XEXP (link, 1) = 0;
|
---|
3961 | *prev = link;
|
---|
3962 | dim->num_values++;
|
---|
3963 | }
|
---|
3964 | return dim->num_values;
|
---|
3965 | }
|
---|
3966 |
|
---|
3967 | /* Increment the current value for the NDIM-dimensional attribute space SPACE
|
---|
3968 | and return FALSE if the increment overflowed. */
|
---|
3969 |
|
---|
3970 | static int
|
---|
3971 | increment_current_value (space, ndim)
|
---|
3972 | struct dimension *space;
|
---|
3973 | int ndim;
|
---|
3974 | {
|
---|
3975 | int i;
|
---|
3976 |
|
---|
3977 | for (i = ndim - 1; i >= 0; i--)
|
---|
3978 | {
|
---|
3979 | if ((space[i].current_value = XEXP (space[i].current_value, 1)) == 0)
|
---|
3980 | space[i].current_value = space[i].values;
|
---|
3981 | else
|
---|
3982 | return 1;
|
---|
3983 | }
|
---|
3984 | return 0;
|
---|
3985 | }
|
---|
3986 |
|
---|
3987 | /* Construct an expression corresponding to the current value for the
|
---|
3988 | NDIM-dimensional attribute space SPACE. */
|
---|
3989 |
|
---|
3990 | static rtx
|
---|
3991 | test_for_current_value (space, ndim)
|
---|
3992 | struct dimension *space;
|
---|
3993 | int ndim;
|
---|
3994 | {
|
---|
3995 | int i;
|
---|
3996 | rtx exp = true_rtx;
|
---|
3997 |
|
---|
3998 | for (i = 0; i < ndim; i++)
|
---|
3999 | exp = insert_right_side (AND, exp, XEXP (space[i].current_value, 0),
|
---|
4000 | -2, -2);
|
---|
4001 |
|
---|
4002 | return exp;
|
---|
4003 | }
|
---|
4004 |
|
---|
4005 | /* Given the current value of the NDIM-dimensional attribute space SPACE,
|
---|
4006 | set the corresponding EQ_ATTR expressions to that value and reduce
|
---|
4007 | the expression EXP as much as possible. On input [and output], all
|
---|
4008 | known EQ_ATTR expressions are set to FALSE. */
|
---|
4009 |
|
---|
4010 | static rtx
|
---|
4011 | simplify_with_current_value (exp, space, ndim)
|
---|
4012 | rtx exp;
|
---|
4013 | struct dimension *space;
|
---|
4014 | int ndim;
|
---|
4015 | {
|
---|
4016 | int i;
|
---|
4017 | rtx x;
|
---|
4018 |
|
---|
4019 | /* Mark each current value as TRUE. */
|
---|
4020 | for (i = 0; i < ndim; i++)
|
---|
4021 | {
|
---|
4022 | x = XEXP (space[i].current_value, 0);
|
---|
4023 | if (GET_CODE (x) == EQ_ATTR)
|
---|
4024 | MEM_VOLATILE_P (x) = 0;
|
---|
4025 | }
|
---|
4026 |
|
---|
4027 | exp = simplify_with_current_value_aux (exp);
|
---|
4028 |
|
---|
4029 | /* Change each current value back to FALSE. */
|
---|
4030 | for (i = 0; i < ndim; i++)
|
---|
4031 | {
|
---|
4032 | x = XEXP (space[i].current_value, 0);
|
---|
4033 | if (GET_CODE (x) == EQ_ATTR)
|
---|
4034 | MEM_VOLATILE_P (x) = 1;
|
---|
4035 | }
|
---|
4036 |
|
---|
4037 | return exp;
|
---|
4038 | }
|
---|
4039 |
|
---|
4040 | /* Reduce the expression EXP based on the MEM_VOLATILE_P settings of
|
---|
4041 | all EQ_ATTR expressions. */
|
---|
4042 |
|
---|
4043 | static rtx
|
---|
4044 | simplify_with_current_value_aux (exp)
|
---|
4045 | rtx exp;
|
---|
4046 | {
|
---|
4047 | int i;
|
---|
4048 | rtx cond;
|
---|
4049 |
|
---|
4050 | switch (GET_CODE (exp))
|
---|
4051 | {
|
---|
4052 | case EQ_ATTR:
|
---|
4053 | if (MEM_VOLATILE_P (exp))
|
---|
4054 | return false_rtx;
|
---|
4055 | else
|
---|
4056 | return true_rtx;
|
---|
4057 | case CONST_STRING:
|
---|
4058 | case CONST_INT:
|
---|
4059 | return exp;
|
---|
4060 |
|
---|
4061 | case IF_THEN_ELSE:
|
---|
4062 | cond = simplify_with_current_value_aux (XEXP (exp, 0));
|
---|
4063 | if (cond == true_rtx)
|
---|
4064 | return simplify_with_current_value_aux (XEXP (exp, 1));
|
---|
4065 | else if (cond == false_rtx)
|
---|
4066 | return simplify_with_current_value_aux (XEXP (exp, 2));
|
---|
4067 | else
|
---|
4068 | return attr_rtx (IF_THEN_ELSE, cond,
|
---|
4069 | simplify_with_current_value_aux (XEXP (exp, 1)),
|
---|
4070 | simplify_with_current_value_aux (XEXP (exp, 2)));
|
---|
4071 |
|
---|
4072 | case IOR:
|
---|
4073 | cond = simplify_with_current_value_aux (XEXP (exp, 1));
|
---|
4074 | if (cond == true_rtx)
|
---|
4075 | return cond;
|
---|
4076 | else if (cond == false_rtx)
|
---|
4077 | return simplify_with_current_value_aux (XEXP (exp, 0));
|
---|
4078 | else
|
---|
4079 | return attr_rtx (IOR, cond,
|
---|
4080 | simplify_with_current_value_aux (XEXP (exp, 0)));
|
---|
4081 |
|
---|
4082 | case AND:
|
---|
4083 | cond = simplify_with_current_value_aux (XEXP (exp, 1));
|
---|
4084 | if (cond == true_rtx)
|
---|
4085 | return simplify_with_current_value_aux (XEXP (exp, 0));
|
---|
4086 | else if (cond == false_rtx)
|
---|
4087 | return cond;
|
---|
4088 | else
|
---|
4089 | return attr_rtx (AND, cond,
|
---|
4090 | simplify_with_current_value_aux (XEXP (exp, 0)));
|
---|
4091 |
|
---|
4092 | case NOT:
|
---|
4093 | cond = simplify_with_current_value_aux (XEXP (exp, 0));
|
---|
4094 | if (cond == true_rtx)
|
---|
4095 | return false_rtx;
|
---|
4096 | else if (cond == false_rtx)
|
---|
4097 | return true_rtx;
|
---|
4098 | else
|
---|
4099 | return attr_rtx (NOT, cond);
|
---|
4100 |
|
---|
4101 | case COND:
|
---|
4102 | for (i = 0; i < XVECLEN (exp, 0); i += 2)
|
---|
4103 | {
|
---|
4104 | cond = simplify_with_current_value_aux (XVECEXP (exp, 0, i));
|
---|
4105 | if (cond == true_rtx)
|
---|
4106 | return simplify_with_current_value_aux (XVECEXP (exp, 0, i + 1));
|
---|
4107 | else if (cond == false_rtx)
|
---|
4108 | continue;
|
---|
4109 | else
|
---|
4110 | abort (); /* With all EQ_ATTR's of known value, a case should
|
---|
4111 | have been selected. */
|
---|
4112 | }
|
---|
4113 | return simplify_with_current_value_aux (XEXP (exp, 1));
|
---|
4114 |
|
---|
4115 | default:
|
---|
4116 | abort ();
|
---|
4117 | }
|
---|
4118 | }
|
---|
4119 | |
---|
4120 |
|
---|
4121 | /* Clear the MEM_IN_STRUCT_P flag in EXP and its subexpressions. */
|
---|
4122 |
|
---|
4123 | static void
|
---|
4124 | clear_struct_flag (x)
|
---|
4125 | rtx x;
|
---|
4126 | {
|
---|
4127 | int i;
|
---|
4128 | int j;
|
---|
4129 | enum rtx_code code;
|
---|
4130 | const char *fmt;
|
---|
4131 |
|
---|
4132 | MEM_IN_STRUCT_P (x) = 0;
|
---|
4133 | if (RTX_UNCHANGING_P (x))
|
---|
4134 | return;
|
---|
4135 |
|
---|
4136 | code = GET_CODE (x);
|
---|
4137 |
|
---|
4138 | switch (code)
|
---|
4139 | {
|
---|
4140 | case REG:
|
---|
4141 | case QUEUED:
|
---|
4142 | case CONST_INT:
|
---|
4143 | case CONST_DOUBLE:
|
---|
4144 | case CONST_VECTOR:
|
---|
4145 | case SYMBOL_REF:
|
---|
4146 | case CODE_LABEL:
|
---|
4147 | case PC:
|
---|
4148 | case CC0:
|
---|
4149 | case EQ_ATTR:
|
---|
4150 | case ATTR_FLAG:
|
---|
4151 | return;
|
---|
4152 |
|
---|
4153 | default:
|
---|
4154 | break;
|
---|
4155 | }
|
---|
4156 |
|
---|
4157 | /* Compare the elements. If any pair of corresponding elements
|
---|
4158 | fail to match, return 0 for the whole things. */
|
---|
4159 |
|
---|
4160 | fmt = GET_RTX_FORMAT (code);
|
---|
4161 | for (i = GET_RTX_LENGTH (code) - 1; i >= 0; i--)
|
---|
4162 | {
|
---|
4163 | switch (fmt[i])
|
---|
4164 | {
|
---|
4165 | case 'V':
|
---|
4166 | case 'E':
|
---|
4167 | for (j = 0; j < XVECLEN (x, i); j++)
|
---|
4168 | clear_struct_flag (XVECEXP (x, i, j));
|
---|
4169 | break;
|
---|
4170 |
|
---|
4171 | case 'e':
|
---|
4172 | clear_struct_flag (XEXP (x, i));
|
---|
4173 | break;
|
---|
4174 | }
|
---|
4175 | }
|
---|
4176 | }
|
---|
4177 |
|
---|
4178 | /* Return the number of RTX objects making up the expression X.
|
---|
4179 | But if we count more than MAX objects, stop counting. */
|
---|
4180 |
|
---|
4181 | static int
|
---|
4182 | count_sub_rtxs (x, max)
|
---|
4183 | rtx x;
|
---|
4184 | int max;
|
---|
4185 | {
|
---|
4186 | int i;
|
---|
4187 | int j;
|
---|
4188 | enum rtx_code code;
|
---|
4189 | const char *fmt;
|
---|
4190 | int total = 0;
|
---|
4191 |
|
---|
4192 | code = GET_CODE (x);
|
---|
4193 |
|
---|
4194 | switch (code)
|
---|
4195 | {
|
---|
4196 | case REG:
|
---|
4197 | case QUEUED:
|
---|
4198 | case CONST_INT:
|
---|
4199 | case CONST_DOUBLE:
|
---|
4200 | case CONST_VECTOR:
|
---|
4201 | case SYMBOL_REF:
|
---|
4202 | case CODE_LABEL:
|
---|
4203 | case PC:
|
---|
4204 | case CC0:
|
---|
4205 | case EQ_ATTR:
|
---|
4206 | case ATTR_FLAG:
|
---|
4207 | return 1;
|
---|
4208 |
|
---|
4209 | default:
|
---|
4210 | break;
|
---|
4211 | }
|
---|
4212 |
|
---|
4213 | /* Compare the elements. If any pair of corresponding elements
|
---|
4214 | fail to match, return 0 for the whole things. */
|
---|
4215 |
|
---|
4216 | fmt = GET_RTX_FORMAT (code);
|
---|
4217 | for (i = GET_RTX_LENGTH (code) - 1; i >= 0; i--)
|
---|
4218 | {
|
---|
4219 | if (total >= max)
|
---|
4220 | return total;
|
---|
4221 |
|
---|
4222 | switch (fmt[i])
|
---|
4223 | {
|
---|
4224 | case 'V':
|
---|
4225 | case 'E':
|
---|
4226 | for (j = 0; j < XVECLEN (x, i); j++)
|
---|
4227 | total += count_sub_rtxs (XVECEXP (x, i, j), max);
|
---|
4228 | break;
|
---|
4229 |
|
---|
4230 | case 'e':
|
---|
4231 | total += count_sub_rtxs (XEXP (x, i), max);
|
---|
4232 | break;
|
---|
4233 | }
|
---|
4234 | }
|
---|
4235 | return total;
|
---|
4236 |
|
---|
4237 | }
|
---|
4238 | |
---|
4239 |
|
---|
4240 | /* Create table entries for DEFINE_ATTR. */
|
---|
4241 |
|
---|
4242 | static void
|
---|
4243 | gen_attr (exp, lineno)
|
---|
4244 | rtx exp;
|
---|
4245 | int lineno;
|
---|
4246 | {
|
---|
4247 | struct attr_desc *attr;
|
---|
4248 | struct attr_value *av;
|
---|
4249 | const char *name_ptr;
|
---|
4250 | char *p;
|
---|
4251 |
|
---|
4252 | /* Make a new attribute structure. Check for duplicate by looking at
|
---|
4253 | attr->default_val, since it is initialized by this routine. */
|
---|
4254 | attr = find_attr (XSTR (exp, 0), 1);
|
---|
4255 | if (attr->default_val)
|
---|
4256 | {
|
---|
4257 | message_with_line (lineno, "duplicate definition for attribute %s",
|
---|
4258 | attr->name);
|
---|
4259 | message_with_line (attr->lineno, "previous definition");
|
---|
4260 | have_error = 1;
|
---|
4261 | return;
|
---|
4262 | }
|
---|
4263 | attr->lineno = lineno;
|
---|
4264 |
|
---|
4265 | if (*XSTR (exp, 1) == '\0')
|
---|
4266 | attr->is_numeric = 1;
|
---|
4267 | else
|
---|
4268 | {
|
---|
4269 | name_ptr = XSTR (exp, 1);
|
---|
4270 | while ((p = next_comma_elt (&name_ptr)) != NULL)
|
---|
4271 | {
|
---|
4272 | av = (struct attr_value *) oballoc (sizeof (struct attr_value));
|
---|
4273 | av->value = attr_rtx (CONST_STRING, p);
|
---|
4274 | av->next = attr->first_value;
|
---|
4275 | attr->first_value = av;
|
---|
4276 | av->first_insn = NULL;
|
---|
4277 | av->num_insns = 0;
|
---|
4278 | av->has_asm_insn = 0;
|
---|
4279 | }
|
---|
4280 | }
|
---|
4281 |
|
---|
4282 | if (GET_CODE (XEXP (exp, 2)) == CONST)
|
---|
4283 | {
|
---|
4284 | attr->is_const = 1;
|
---|
4285 | if (attr->is_numeric)
|
---|
4286 | {
|
---|
4287 | message_with_line (lineno,
|
---|
4288 | "constant attributes may not take numeric values");
|
---|
4289 | have_error = 1;
|
---|
4290 | }
|
---|
4291 |
|
---|
4292 | /* Get rid of the CONST node. It is allowed only at top-level. */
|
---|
4293 | XEXP (exp, 2) = XEXP (XEXP (exp, 2), 0);
|
---|
4294 | }
|
---|
4295 |
|
---|
4296 | if (! strcmp (attr->name, "length") && ! attr->is_numeric)
|
---|
4297 | {
|
---|
4298 | message_with_line (lineno,
|
---|
4299 | "`length' attribute must take numeric values");
|
---|
4300 | have_error = 1;
|
---|
4301 | }
|
---|
4302 |
|
---|
4303 | /* Set up the default value. */
|
---|
4304 | XEXP (exp, 2) = check_attr_value (XEXP (exp, 2), attr);
|
---|
4305 | attr->default_val = get_attr_value (XEXP (exp, 2), attr, -2);
|
---|
4306 | }
|
---|
4307 | |
---|
4308 |
|
---|
4309 | /* Given a pattern for DEFINE_PEEPHOLE or DEFINE_INSN, return the number of
|
---|
4310 | alternatives in the constraints. Assume all MATCH_OPERANDs have the same
|
---|
4311 | number of alternatives as this should be checked elsewhere. */
|
---|
4312 |
|
---|
4313 | static int
|
---|
4314 | count_alternatives (exp)
|
---|
4315 | rtx exp;
|
---|
4316 | {
|
---|
4317 | int i, j, n;
|
---|
4318 | const char *fmt;
|
---|
4319 |
|
---|
4320 | if (GET_CODE (exp) == MATCH_OPERAND)
|
---|
4321 | return n_comma_elts (XSTR (exp, 2));
|
---|
4322 |
|
---|
4323 | for (i = 0, fmt = GET_RTX_FORMAT (GET_CODE (exp));
|
---|
4324 | i < GET_RTX_LENGTH (GET_CODE (exp)); i++)
|
---|
4325 | switch (*fmt++)
|
---|
4326 | {
|
---|
4327 | case 'e':
|
---|
4328 | case 'u':
|
---|
4329 | n = count_alternatives (XEXP (exp, i));
|
---|
4330 | if (n)
|
---|
4331 | return n;
|
---|
4332 | break;
|
---|
4333 |
|
---|
4334 | case 'E':
|
---|
4335 | case 'V':
|
---|
4336 | if (XVEC (exp, i) != NULL)
|
---|
4337 | for (j = 0; j < XVECLEN (exp, i); j++)
|
---|
4338 | {
|
---|
4339 | n = count_alternatives (XVECEXP (exp, i, j));
|
---|
4340 | if (n)
|
---|
4341 | return n;
|
---|
4342 | }
|
---|
4343 | }
|
---|
4344 |
|
---|
4345 | return 0;
|
---|
4346 | }
|
---|
4347 | |
---|
4348 |
|
---|
4349 | /* Returns non-zero if the given expression contains an EQ_ATTR with the
|
---|
4350 | `alternative' attribute. */
|
---|
4351 |
|
---|
4352 | static int
|
---|
4353 | compares_alternatives_p (exp)
|
---|
4354 | rtx exp;
|
---|
4355 | {
|
---|
4356 | int i, j;
|
---|
4357 | const char *fmt;
|
---|
4358 |
|
---|
4359 | if (GET_CODE (exp) == EQ_ATTR && XSTR (exp, 0) == alternative_name)
|
---|
4360 | return 1;
|
---|
4361 |
|
---|
4362 | for (i = 0, fmt = GET_RTX_FORMAT (GET_CODE (exp));
|
---|
4363 | i < GET_RTX_LENGTH (GET_CODE (exp)); i++)
|
---|
4364 | switch (*fmt++)
|
---|
4365 | {
|
---|
4366 | case 'e':
|
---|
4367 | case 'u':
|
---|
4368 | if (compares_alternatives_p (XEXP (exp, i)))
|
---|
4369 | return 1;
|
---|
4370 | break;
|
---|
4371 |
|
---|
4372 | case 'E':
|
---|
4373 | for (j = 0; j < XVECLEN (exp, i); j++)
|
---|
4374 | if (compares_alternatives_p (XVECEXP (exp, i, j)))
|
---|
4375 | return 1;
|
---|
4376 | break;
|
---|
4377 | }
|
---|
4378 |
|
---|
4379 | return 0;
|
---|
4380 | }
|
---|
4381 | |
---|
4382 |
|
---|
4383 | /* Returns non-zero is INNER is contained in EXP. */
|
---|
4384 |
|
---|
4385 | static int
|
---|
4386 | contained_in_p (inner, exp)
|
---|
4387 | rtx inner;
|
---|
4388 | rtx exp;
|
---|
4389 | {
|
---|
4390 | int i, j;
|
---|
4391 | const char *fmt;
|
---|
4392 |
|
---|
4393 | if (rtx_equal_p (inner, exp))
|
---|
4394 | return 1;
|
---|
4395 |
|
---|
4396 | for (i = 0, fmt = GET_RTX_FORMAT (GET_CODE (exp));
|
---|
4397 | i < GET_RTX_LENGTH (GET_CODE (exp)); i++)
|
---|
4398 | switch (*fmt++)
|
---|
4399 | {
|
---|
4400 | case 'e':
|
---|
4401 | case 'u':
|
---|
4402 | if (contained_in_p (inner, XEXP (exp, i)))
|
---|
4403 | return 1;
|
---|
4404 | break;
|
---|
4405 |
|
---|
4406 | case 'E':
|
---|
4407 | for (j = 0; j < XVECLEN (exp, i); j++)
|
---|
4408 | if (contained_in_p (inner, XVECEXP (exp, i, j)))
|
---|
4409 | return 1;
|
---|
4410 | break;
|
---|
4411 | }
|
---|
4412 |
|
---|
4413 | return 0;
|
---|
4414 | }
|
---|
4415 | |
---|
4416 |
|
---|
4417 | /* Process DEFINE_PEEPHOLE, DEFINE_INSN, and DEFINE_ASM_ATTRIBUTES. */
|
---|
4418 |
|
---|
4419 | static void
|
---|
4420 | gen_insn (exp, lineno)
|
---|
4421 | rtx exp;
|
---|
4422 | int lineno;
|
---|
4423 | {
|
---|
4424 | struct insn_def *id;
|
---|
4425 |
|
---|
4426 | id = (struct insn_def *) oballoc (sizeof (struct insn_def));
|
---|
4427 | id->next = defs;
|
---|
4428 | defs = id;
|
---|
4429 | id->def = exp;
|
---|
4430 | id->lineno = lineno;
|
---|
4431 |
|
---|
4432 | switch (GET_CODE (exp))
|
---|
4433 | {
|
---|
4434 | case DEFINE_INSN:
|
---|
4435 | id->insn_code = insn_code_number;
|
---|
4436 | id->insn_index = insn_index_number;
|
---|
4437 | id->num_alternatives = count_alternatives (exp);
|
---|
4438 | if (id->num_alternatives == 0)
|
---|
4439 | id->num_alternatives = 1;
|
---|
4440 | id->vec_idx = 4;
|
---|
4441 | break;
|
---|
4442 |
|
---|
4443 | case DEFINE_PEEPHOLE:
|
---|
4444 | id->insn_code = insn_code_number;
|
---|
4445 | id->insn_index = insn_index_number;
|
---|
4446 | id->num_alternatives = count_alternatives (exp);
|
---|
4447 | if (id->num_alternatives == 0)
|
---|
4448 | id->num_alternatives = 1;
|
---|
4449 | id->vec_idx = 3;
|
---|
4450 | break;
|
---|
4451 |
|
---|
4452 | case DEFINE_ASM_ATTRIBUTES:
|
---|
4453 | id->insn_code = -1;
|
---|
4454 | id->insn_index = -1;
|
---|
4455 | id->num_alternatives = 1;
|
---|
4456 | id->vec_idx = 0;
|
---|
4457 | got_define_asm_attributes = 1;
|
---|
4458 | break;
|
---|
4459 |
|
---|
4460 | default:
|
---|
4461 | abort ();
|
---|
4462 | }
|
---|
4463 | }
|
---|
4464 | |
---|
4465 |
|
---|
4466 | /* Process a DEFINE_DELAY. Validate the vector length, check if annul
|
---|
4467 | true or annul false is specified, and make a `struct delay_desc'. */
|
---|
4468 |
|
---|
4469 | static void
|
---|
4470 | gen_delay (def, lineno)
|
---|
4471 | rtx def;
|
---|
4472 | int lineno;
|
---|
4473 | {
|
---|
4474 | struct delay_desc *delay;
|
---|
4475 | int i;
|
---|
4476 |
|
---|
4477 | if (XVECLEN (def, 1) % 3 != 0)
|
---|
4478 | {
|
---|
4479 | message_with_line (lineno,
|
---|
4480 | "number of elements in DEFINE_DELAY must be multiple of three");
|
---|
4481 | have_error = 1;
|
---|
4482 | return;
|
---|
4483 | }
|
---|
4484 |
|
---|
4485 | for (i = 0; i < XVECLEN (def, 1); i += 3)
|
---|
4486 | {
|
---|
4487 | if (XVECEXP (def, 1, i + 1))
|
---|
4488 | have_annul_true = 1;
|
---|
4489 | if (XVECEXP (def, 1, i + 2))
|
---|
4490 | have_annul_false = 1;
|
---|
4491 | }
|
---|
4492 |
|
---|
4493 | delay = (struct delay_desc *) oballoc (sizeof (struct delay_desc));
|
---|
4494 | delay->def = def;
|
---|
4495 | delay->num = ++num_delays;
|
---|
4496 | delay->next = delays;
|
---|
4497 | delay->lineno = lineno;
|
---|
4498 | delays = delay;
|
---|
4499 | }
|
---|
4500 | |
---|
4501 |
|
---|
4502 | /* Process a DEFINE_FUNCTION_UNIT.
|
---|
4503 |
|
---|
4504 | This gives information about a function unit contained in the CPU.
|
---|
4505 | We fill in a `struct function_unit_op' and a `struct function_unit'
|
---|
4506 | with information used later by `expand_unit'. */
|
---|
4507 |
|
---|
4508 | static void
|
---|
4509 | gen_unit (def, lineno)
|
---|
4510 | rtx def;
|
---|
4511 | int lineno;
|
---|
4512 | {
|
---|
4513 | struct function_unit *unit;
|
---|
4514 | struct function_unit_op *op;
|
---|
4515 | const char *name = XSTR (def, 0);
|
---|
4516 | int multiplicity = XINT (def, 1);
|
---|
4517 | int simultaneity = XINT (def, 2);
|
---|
4518 | rtx condexp = XEXP (def, 3);
|
---|
4519 | int ready_cost = MAX (XINT (def, 4), 1);
|
---|
4520 | int issue_delay = MAX (XINT (def, 5), 1);
|
---|
4521 |
|
---|
4522 | /* See if we have already seen this function unit. If so, check that
|
---|
4523 | the multiplicity and simultaneity values are the same. If not, make
|
---|
4524 | a structure for this function unit. */
|
---|
4525 | for (unit = units; unit; unit = unit->next)
|
---|
4526 | if (! strcmp (unit->name, name))
|
---|
4527 | {
|
---|
4528 | if (unit->multiplicity != multiplicity
|
---|
4529 | || unit->simultaneity != simultaneity)
|
---|
4530 | {
|
---|
4531 | message_with_line (lineno,
|
---|
4532 | "differing specifications given for function unit %s",
|
---|
4533 | unit->name);
|
---|
4534 | message_with_line (unit->first_lineno, "previous definition");
|
---|
4535 | have_error = 1;
|
---|
4536 | return;
|
---|
4537 | }
|
---|
4538 | break;
|
---|
4539 | }
|
---|
4540 |
|
---|
4541 | if (unit == 0)
|
---|
4542 | {
|
---|
4543 | unit = (struct function_unit *) oballoc (sizeof (struct function_unit));
|
---|
4544 | unit->name = name;
|
---|
4545 | unit->multiplicity = multiplicity;
|
---|
4546 | unit->simultaneity = simultaneity;
|
---|
4547 | unit->issue_delay.min = unit->issue_delay.max = issue_delay;
|
---|
4548 | unit->num = num_units++;
|
---|
4549 | unit->num_opclasses = 0;
|
---|
4550 | unit->condexp = false_rtx;
|
---|
4551 | unit->ops = 0;
|
---|
4552 | unit->next = units;
|
---|
4553 | unit->first_lineno = lineno;
|
---|
4554 | units = unit;
|
---|
4555 | }
|
---|
4556 |
|
---|
4557 | /* Make a new operation class structure entry and initialize it. */
|
---|
4558 | op = (struct function_unit_op *) oballoc (sizeof (struct function_unit_op));
|
---|
4559 | op->condexp = condexp;
|
---|
4560 | op->num = unit->num_opclasses++;
|
---|
4561 | op->ready = ready_cost;
|
---|
4562 | op->issue_delay = issue_delay;
|
---|
4563 | op->next = unit->ops;
|
---|
4564 | op->lineno = lineno;
|
---|
4565 | unit->ops = op;
|
---|
4566 | num_unit_opclasses++;
|
---|
4567 |
|
---|
4568 | /* Set our issue expression based on whether or not an optional conflict
|
---|
4569 | vector was specified. */
|
---|
4570 | if (XVEC (def, 6))
|
---|
4571 | {
|
---|
4572 | /* Compute the IOR of all the specified expressions. */
|
---|
4573 | rtx orexp = false_rtx;
|
---|
4574 | int i;
|
---|
4575 |
|
---|
4576 | for (i = 0; i < XVECLEN (def, 6); i++)
|
---|
4577 | orexp = insert_right_side (IOR, orexp, XVECEXP (def, 6, i), -2, -2);
|
---|
4578 |
|
---|
4579 | op->conflict_exp = orexp;
|
---|
4580 | extend_range (&unit->issue_delay, 1, issue_delay);
|
---|
4581 | }
|
---|
4582 | else
|
---|
4583 | {
|
---|
4584 | op->conflict_exp = true_rtx;
|
---|
4585 | extend_range (&unit->issue_delay, issue_delay, issue_delay);
|
---|
4586 | }
|
---|
4587 |
|
---|
4588 | /* Merge our conditional into that of the function unit so we can determine
|
---|
4589 | which insns are used by the function unit. */
|
---|
4590 | unit->condexp = insert_right_side (IOR, unit->condexp, op->condexp, -2, -2);
|
---|
4591 | }
|
---|
4592 | |
---|
4593 |
|
---|
4594 | /* Given a piece of RTX, print a C expression to test its truth value.
|
---|
4595 | We use AND and IOR both for logical and bit-wise operations, so
|
---|
4596 | interpret them as logical unless they are inside a comparison expression.
|
---|
4597 | The first bit of FLAGS will be non-zero in that case.
|
---|
4598 |
|
---|
4599 | Set the second bit of FLAGS to make references to attribute values use
|
---|
4600 | a cached local variable instead of calling a function. */
|
---|
4601 |
|
---|
4602 | static void
|
---|
4603 | write_test_expr (exp, flags)
|
---|
4604 | rtx exp;
|
---|
4605 | int flags;
|
---|
4606 | {
|
---|
4607 | int comparison_operator = 0;
|
---|
4608 | RTX_CODE code;
|
---|
4609 | struct attr_desc *attr;
|
---|
4610 |
|
---|
4611 | /* In order not to worry about operator precedence, surround our part of
|
---|
4612 | the expression with parentheses. */
|
---|
4613 |
|
---|
4614 | printf ("(");
|
---|
4615 | code = GET_CODE (exp);
|
---|
4616 | switch (code)
|
---|
4617 | {
|
---|
4618 | /* Binary operators. */
|
---|
4619 | case EQ: case NE:
|
---|
4620 | case GE: case GT: case GEU: case GTU:
|
---|
4621 | case LE: case LT: case LEU: case LTU:
|
---|
4622 | comparison_operator = 1;
|
---|
4623 |
|
---|
4624 | case PLUS: case MINUS: case MULT: case DIV: case MOD:
|
---|
4625 | case AND: case IOR: case XOR:
|
---|
4626 | case ASHIFT: case LSHIFTRT: case ASHIFTRT:
|
---|
4627 | write_test_expr (XEXP (exp, 0), flags | comparison_operator);
|
---|
4628 | switch (code)
|
---|
4629 | {
|
---|
4630 | case EQ:
|
---|
4631 | printf (" == ");
|
---|
4632 | break;
|
---|
4633 | case NE:
|
---|
4634 | printf (" != ");
|
---|
4635 | break;
|
---|
4636 | case GE:
|
---|
4637 | printf (" >= ");
|
---|
4638 | break;
|
---|
4639 | case GT:
|
---|
4640 | printf (" > ");
|
---|
4641 | break;
|
---|
4642 | case GEU:
|
---|
4643 | printf (" >= (unsigned) ");
|
---|
4644 | break;
|
---|
4645 | case GTU:
|
---|
4646 | printf (" > (unsigned) ");
|
---|
4647 | break;
|
---|
4648 | case LE:
|
---|
4649 | printf (" <= ");
|
---|
4650 | break;
|
---|
4651 | case LT:
|
---|
4652 | printf (" < ");
|
---|
4653 | break;
|
---|
4654 | case LEU:
|
---|
4655 | printf (" <= (unsigned) ");
|
---|
4656 | break;
|
---|
4657 | case LTU:
|
---|
4658 | printf (" < (unsigned) ");
|
---|
4659 | break;
|
---|
4660 | case PLUS:
|
---|
4661 | printf (" + ");
|
---|
4662 | break;
|
---|
4663 | case MINUS:
|
---|
4664 | printf (" - ");
|
---|
4665 | break;
|
---|
4666 | case MULT:
|
---|
4667 | printf (" * ");
|
---|
4668 | break;
|
---|
4669 | case DIV:
|
---|
4670 | printf (" / ");
|
---|
4671 | break;
|
---|
4672 | case MOD:
|
---|
4673 | printf (" %% ");
|
---|
4674 | break;
|
---|
4675 | case AND:
|
---|
4676 | if (flags & 1)
|
---|
4677 | printf (" & ");
|
---|
4678 | else
|
---|
4679 | printf (" && ");
|
---|
4680 | break;
|
---|
4681 | case IOR:
|
---|
4682 | if (flags & 1)
|
---|
4683 | printf (" | ");
|
---|
4684 | else
|
---|
4685 | printf (" || ");
|
---|
4686 | break;
|
---|
4687 | case XOR:
|
---|
4688 | printf (" ^ ");
|
---|
4689 | break;
|
---|
4690 | case ASHIFT:
|
---|
4691 | printf (" << ");
|
---|
4692 | break;
|
---|
4693 | case LSHIFTRT:
|
---|
4694 | case ASHIFTRT:
|
---|
4695 | printf (" >> ");
|
---|
4696 | break;
|
---|
4697 | default:
|
---|
4698 | abort ();
|
---|
4699 | }
|
---|
4700 |
|
---|
4701 | write_test_expr (XEXP (exp, 1), flags | comparison_operator);
|
---|
4702 | break;
|
---|
4703 |
|
---|
4704 | case NOT:
|
---|
4705 | /* Special-case (not (eq_attrq "alternative" "x")) */
|
---|
4706 | if (! (flags & 1) && GET_CODE (XEXP (exp, 0)) == EQ_ATTR
|
---|
4707 | && XSTR (XEXP (exp, 0), 0) == alternative_name)
|
---|
4708 | {
|
---|
4709 | printf ("which_alternative != %s", XSTR (XEXP (exp, 0), 1));
|
---|
4710 | break;
|
---|
4711 | }
|
---|
4712 |
|
---|
4713 | /* Otherwise, fall through to normal unary operator. */
|
---|
4714 |
|
---|
4715 | /* Unary operators. */
|
---|
4716 | case ABS: case NEG:
|
---|
4717 | switch (code)
|
---|
4718 | {
|
---|
4719 | case NOT:
|
---|
4720 | if (flags & 1)
|
---|
4721 | printf ("~ ");
|
---|
4722 | else
|
---|
4723 | printf ("! ");
|
---|
4724 | break;
|
---|
4725 | case ABS:
|
---|
4726 | printf ("abs ");
|
---|
4727 | break;
|
---|
4728 | case NEG:
|
---|
4729 | printf ("-");
|
---|
4730 | break;
|
---|
4731 | default:
|
---|
4732 | abort ();
|
---|
4733 | }
|
---|
4734 |
|
---|
4735 | write_test_expr (XEXP (exp, 0), flags);
|
---|
4736 | break;
|
---|
4737 |
|
---|
4738 | /* Comparison test of an attribute with a value. Most of these will
|
---|
4739 | have been removed by optimization. Handle "alternative"
|
---|
4740 | specially and give error if EQ_ATTR present inside a comparison. */
|
---|
4741 | case EQ_ATTR:
|
---|
4742 | if (flags & 1)
|
---|
4743 | fatal ("EQ_ATTR not valid inside comparison");
|
---|
4744 |
|
---|
4745 | if (XSTR (exp, 0) == alternative_name)
|
---|
4746 | {
|
---|
4747 | printf ("which_alternative == %s", XSTR (exp, 1));
|
---|
4748 | break;
|
---|
4749 | }
|
---|
4750 |
|
---|
4751 | attr = find_attr (XSTR (exp, 0), 0);
|
---|
4752 | if (! attr)
|
---|
4753 | abort ();
|
---|
4754 |
|
---|
4755 | /* Now is the time to expand the value of a constant attribute. */
|
---|
4756 | if (attr->is_const)
|
---|
4757 | {
|
---|
4758 | write_test_expr (evaluate_eq_attr (exp, attr->default_val->value,
|
---|
4759 | -2, -2),
|
---|
4760 | flags);
|
---|
4761 | }
|
---|
4762 | else
|
---|
4763 | {
|
---|
4764 | if (flags & 2)
|
---|
4765 | printf ("attr_%s", attr->name);
|
---|
4766 | else
|
---|
4767 | printf ("get_attr_%s (insn)", attr->name);
|
---|
4768 | printf (" == ");
|
---|
4769 | write_attr_valueq (attr, XSTR (exp, 1));
|
---|
4770 | }
|
---|
4771 | break;
|
---|
4772 |
|
---|
4773 | /* Comparison test of flags for define_delays. */
|
---|
4774 | case ATTR_FLAG:
|
---|
4775 | if (flags & 1)
|
---|
4776 | fatal ("ATTR_FLAG not valid inside comparison");
|
---|
4777 | printf ("(flags & ATTR_FLAG_%s) != 0", XSTR (exp, 0));
|
---|
4778 | break;
|
---|
4779 |
|
---|
4780 | /* See if an operand matches a predicate. */
|
---|
4781 | case MATCH_OPERAND:
|
---|
4782 | /* If only a mode is given, just ensure the mode matches the operand.
|
---|
4783 | If neither a mode nor predicate is given, error. */
|
---|
4784 | if (XSTR (exp, 1) == NULL || *XSTR (exp, 1) == '\0')
|
---|
4785 | {
|
---|
4786 | if (GET_MODE (exp) == VOIDmode)
|
---|
4787 | fatal ("null MATCH_OPERAND specified as test");
|
---|
4788 | else
|
---|
4789 | printf ("GET_MODE (operands[%d]) == %smode",
|
---|
4790 | XINT (exp, 0), GET_MODE_NAME (GET_MODE (exp)));
|
---|
4791 | }
|
---|
4792 | else
|
---|
4793 | printf ("%s (operands[%d], %smode)",
|
---|
4794 | XSTR (exp, 1), XINT (exp, 0), GET_MODE_NAME (GET_MODE (exp)));
|
---|
4795 | break;
|
---|
4796 |
|
---|
4797 | case MATCH_INSN:
|
---|
4798 | printf ("%s (insn)", XSTR (exp, 0));
|
---|
4799 | break;
|
---|
4800 |
|
---|
4801 | /* Constant integer. */
|
---|
4802 | case CONST_INT:
|
---|
4803 | printf (HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_DEC, XWINT (exp, 0));
|
---|
4804 | break;
|
---|
4805 |
|
---|
4806 | /* A random C expression. */
|
---|
4807 | case SYMBOL_REF:
|
---|
4808 | printf ("%s", XSTR (exp, 0));
|
---|
4809 | break;
|
---|
4810 |
|
---|
4811 | /* The address of the branch target. */
|
---|
4812 | case MATCH_DUP:
|
---|
4813 | printf ("INSN_ADDRESSES_SET_P () ? INSN_ADDRESSES (INSN_UID (GET_CODE (operands[%d]) == LABEL_REF ? XEXP (operands[%d], 0) : operands[%d])) : 0",
|
---|
4814 | XINT (exp, 0), XINT (exp, 0), XINT (exp, 0));
|
---|
4815 | break;
|
---|
4816 |
|
---|
4817 | case PC:
|
---|
4818 | /* The address of the current insn. We implement this actually as the
|
---|
4819 | address of the current insn for backward branches, but the last
|
---|
4820 | address of the next insn for forward branches, and both with
|
---|
4821 | adjustments that account for the worst-case possible stretching of
|
---|
4822 | intervening alignments between this insn and its destination. */
|
---|
4823 | printf ("insn_current_reference_address (insn)");
|
---|
4824 | break;
|
---|
4825 |
|
---|
4826 | case CONST_STRING:
|
---|
4827 | printf ("%s", XSTR (exp, 0));
|
---|
4828 | break;
|
---|
4829 |
|
---|
4830 | case IF_THEN_ELSE:
|
---|
4831 | write_test_expr (XEXP (exp, 0), flags & 2);
|
---|
4832 | printf (" ? ");
|
---|
4833 | write_test_expr (XEXP (exp, 1), flags | 1);
|
---|
4834 | printf (" : ");
|
---|
4835 | write_test_expr (XEXP (exp, 2), flags | 1);
|
---|
4836 | break;
|
---|
4837 |
|
---|
4838 | default:
|
---|
4839 | fatal ("bad RTX code `%s' in attribute calculation\n",
|
---|
4840 | GET_RTX_NAME (code));
|
---|
4841 | }
|
---|
4842 |
|
---|
4843 | printf (")");
|
---|
4844 | }
|
---|
4845 | |
---|
4846 |
|
---|
4847 | /* Given an attribute value, return the maximum CONST_STRING argument
|
---|
4848 | encountered. Set *UNKNOWNP and return INT_MAX if the value is unknown. */
|
---|
4849 |
|
---|
4850 | static int
|
---|
4851 | max_attr_value (exp, unknownp)
|
---|
4852 | rtx exp;
|
---|
4853 | int *unknownp;
|
---|
4854 | {
|
---|
4855 | int current_max;
|
---|
4856 | int i, n;
|
---|
4857 |
|
---|
4858 | switch (GET_CODE (exp))
|
---|
4859 | {
|
---|
4860 | case CONST_STRING:
|
---|
4861 | current_max = atoi (XSTR (exp, 0));
|
---|
4862 | break;
|
---|
4863 |
|
---|
4864 | case COND:
|
---|
4865 | current_max = max_attr_value (XEXP (exp, 1), unknownp);
|
---|
4866 | for (i = 0; i < XVECLEN (exp, 0); i += 2)
|
---|
4867 | {
|
---|
4868 | n = max_attr_value (XVECEXP (exp, 0, i + 1), unknownp);
|
---|
4869 | if (n > current_max)
|
---|
4870 | current_max = n;
|
---|
4871 | }
|
---|
4872 | break;
|
---|
4873 |
|
---|
4874 | case IF_THEN_ELSE:
|
---|
4875 | current_max = max_attr_value (XEXP (exp, 1), unknownp);
|
---|
4876 | n = max_attr_value (XEXP (exp, 2), unknownp);
|
---|
4877 | if (n > current_max)
|
---|
4878 | current_max = n;
|
---|
4879 | break;
|
---|
4880 |
|
---|
4881 | default:
|
---|
4882 | *unknownp = 1;
|
---|
4883 | current_max = INT_MAX;
|
---|
4884 | break;
|
---|
4885 | }
|
---|
4886 |
|
---|
4887 | return current_max;
|
---|
4888 | }
|
---|
4889 |
|
---|
4890 | /* Given an attribute value, return the result of ORing together all
|
---|
4891 | CONST_STRING arguments encountered. Set *UNKNOWNP and return -1
|
---|
4892 | if the numeric value is not known. */
|
---|
4893 |
|
---|
4894 | static int
|
---|
4895 | or_attr_value (exp, unknownp)
|
---|
4896 | rtx exp;
|
---|
4897 | int *unknownp;
|
---|
4898 | {
|
---|
4899 | int current_or;
|
---|
4900 | int i;
|
---|
4901 |
|
---|
4902 | switch (GET_CODE (exp))
|
---|
4903 | {
|
---|
4904 | case CONST_STRING:
|
---|
4905 | current_or = atoi (XSTR (exp, 0));
|
---|
4906 | break;
|
---|
4907 |
|
---|
4908 | case COND:
|
---|
4909 | current_or = or_attr_value (XEXP (exp, 1), unknownp);
|
---|
4910 | for (i = 0; i < XVECLEN (exp, 0); i += 2)
|
---|
4911 | current_or |= or_attr_value (XVECEXP (exp, 0, i + 1), unknownp);
|
---|
4912 | break;
|
---|
4913 |
|
---|
4914 | case IF_THEN_ELSE:
|
---|
4915 | current_or = or_attr_value (XEXP (exp, 1), unknownp);
|
---|
4916 | current_or |= or_attr_value (XEXP (exp, 2), unknownp);
|
---|
4917 | break;
|
---|
4918 |
|
---|
4919 | default:
|
---|
4920 | *unknownp = 1;
|
---|
4921 | current_or = -1;
|
---|
4922 | break;
|
---|
4923 | }
|
---|
4924 |
|
---|
4925 | return current_or;
|
---|
4926 | }
|
---|
4927 | |
---|
4928 |
|
---|
4929 | /* Scan an attribute value, possibly a conditional, and record what actions
|
---|
4930 | will be required to do any conditional tests in it.
|
---|
4931 |
|
---|
4932 | Specifically, set
|
---|
4933 | `must_extract' if we need to extract the insn operands
|
---|
4934 | `must_constrain' if we must compute `which_alternative'
|
---|
4935 | `address_used' if an address expression was used
|
---|
4936 | `length_used' if an (eq_attr "length" ...) was used
|
---|
4937 | */
|
---|
4938 |
|
---|
4939 | static void
|
---|
4940 | walk_attr_value (exp)
|
---|
4941 | rtx exp;
|
---|
4942 | {
|
---|
4943 | int i, j;
|
---|
4944 | const char *fmt;
|
---|
4945 | RTX_CODE code;
|
---|
4946 |
|
---|
4947 | if (exp == NULL)
|
---|
4948 | return;
|
---|
4949 |
|
---|
4950 | code = GET_CODE (exp);
|
---|
4951 | switch (code)
|
---|
4952 | {
|
---|
4953 | case SYMBOL_REF:
|
---|
4954 | if (! RTX_UNCHANGING_P (exp))
|
---|
4955 | /* Since this is an arbitrary expression, it can look at anything.
|
---|
4956 | However, constant expressions do not depend on any particular
|
---|
4957 | insn. */
|
---|
4958 | must_extract = must_constrain = 1;
|
---|
4959 | return;
|
---|
4960 |
|
---|
4961 | case MATCH_OPERAND:
|
---|
4962 | must_extract = 1;
|
---|
4963 | return;
|
---|
4964 |
|
---|
4965 | case EQ_ATTR:
|
---|
4966 | if (XSTR (exp, 0) == alternative_name)
|
---|
4967 | must_extract = must_constrain = 1;
|
---|
4968 | else if (strcmp (XSTR (exp, 0), "length") == 0)
|
---|
4969 | length_used = 1;
|
---|
4970 | return;
|
---|
4971 |
|
---|
4972 | case MATCH_DUP:
|
---|
4973 | must_extract = 1;
|
---|
4974 | address_used = 1;
|
---|
4975 | return;
|
---|
4976 |
|
---|
4977 | case PC:
|
---|
4978 | address_used = 1;
|
---|
4979 | return;
|
---|
4980 |
|
---|
4981 | case ATTR_FLAG:
|
---|
4982 | return;
|
---|
4983 |
|
---|
4984 | default:
|
---|
4985 | break;
|
---|
4986 | }
|
---|
4987 |
|
---|
4988 | for (i = 0, fmt = GET_RTX_FORMAT (code); i < GET_RTX_LENGTH (code); i++)
|
---|
4989 | switch (*fmt++)
|
---|
4990 | {
|
---|
4991 | case 'e':
|
---|
4992 | case 'u':
|
---|
4993 | walk_attr_value (XEXP (exp, i));
|
---|
4994 | break;
|
---|
4995 |
|
---|
4996 | case 'E':
|
---|
4997 | if (XVEC (exp, i) != NULL)
|
---|
4998 | for (j = 0; j < XVECLEN (exp, i); j++)
|
---|
4999 | walk_attr_value (XVECEXP (exp, i, j));
|
---|
5000 | break;
|
---|
5001 | }
|
---|
5002 | }
|
---|
5003 | |
---|
5004 |
|
---|
5005 | /* Write out a function to obtain the attribute for a given INSN. */
|
---|
5006 |
|
---|
5007 | static void
|
---|
5008 | write_attr_get (attr)
|
---|
5009 | struct attr_desc *attr;
|
---|
5010 | {
|
---|
5011 | struct attr_value *av, *common_av;
|
---|
5012 |
|
---|
5013 | /* Find the most used attribute value. Handle that as the `default' of the
|
---|
5014 | switch we will generate. */
|
---|
5015 | common_av = find_most_used (attr);
|
---|
5016 |
|
---|
5017 | /* Write out prototype of function. */
|
---|
5018 | if (!attr->is_numeric)
|
---|
5019 | printf ("extern enum attr_%s ", attr->name);
|
---|
5020 | else if (attr->unsigned_p)
|
---|
5021 | printf ("extern unsigned int ");
|
---|
5022 | else
|
---|
5023 | printf ("extern int ");
|
---|
5024 | /* If the attribute name starts with a star, the remainder is the name of
|
---|
5025 | the subroutine to use, instead of `get_attr_...'. */
|
---|
5026 | if (attr->name[0] == '*')
|
---|
5027 | printf ("%s PARAMS ((rtx));\n", &attr->name[1]);
|
---|
5028 | else
|
---|
5029 | printf ("get_attr_%s PARAMS ((%s));\n", attr->name,
|
---|
5030 | (attr->is_const ? "void" : "rtx"));
|
---|
5031 |
|
---|
5032 | /* Write out start of function, then all values with explicit `case' lines,
|
---|
5033 | then a `default', then the value with the most uses. */
|
---|
5034 | if (!attr->is_numeric)
|
---|
5035 | printf ("enum attr_%s\n", attr->name);
|
---|
5036 | else if (attr->unsigned_p)
|
---|
5037 | printf ("unsigned int\n");
|
---|
5038 | else
|
---|
5039 | printf ("int\n");
|
---|
5040 |
|
---|
5041 | /* If the attribute name starts with a star, the remainder is the name of
|
---|
5042 | the subroutine to use, instead of `get_attr_...'. */
|
---|
5043 | if (attr->name[0] == '*')
|
---|
5044 | printf ("%s (insn)\n", &attr->name[1]);
|
---|
5045 | else if (attr->is_const == 0)
|
---|
5046 | printf ("get_attr_%s (insn)\n", attr->name);
|
---|
5047 | else
|
---|
5048 | {
|
---|
5049 | printf ("get_attr_%s ()\n", attr->name);
|
---|
5050 | printf ("{\n");
|
---|
5051 |
|
---|
5052 | for (av = attr->first_value; av; av = av->next)
|
---|
5053 | if (av->num_insns != 0)
|
---|
5054 | write_attr_set (attr, 2, av->value, "return", ";",
|
---|
5055 | true_rtx, av->first_insn->insn_code,
|
---|
5056 | av->first_insn->insn_index);
|
---|
5057 |
|
---|
5058 | printf ("}\n\n");
|
---|
5059 | return;
|
---|
5060 | }
|
---|
5061 |
|
---|
5062 | printf (" rtx insn;\n");
|
---|
5063 | printf ("{\n");
|
---|
5064 |
|
---|
5065 | if (GET_CODE (common_av->value) == FFS)
|
---|
5066 | {
|
---|
5067 | rtx p = XEXP (common_av->value, 0);
|
---|
5068 |
|
---|
5069 | /* No need to emit code to abort if the insn is unrecognized; the
|
---|
5070 | other get_attr_foo functions will do that when we call them. */
|
---|
5071 |
|
---|
5072 | write_toplevel_expr (p);
|
---|
5073 |
|
---|
5074 | printf ("\n if (accum && accum == (accum & -accum))\n");
|
---|
5075 | printf (" {\n");
|
---|
5076 | printf (" int i;\n");
|
---|
5077 | printf (" for (i = 0; accum >>= 1; ++i) continue;\n");
|
---|
5078 | printf (" accum = i;\n");
|
---|
5079 | printf (" }\n else\n");
|
---|
5080 | printf (" accum = ~accum;\n");
|
---|
5081 | printf (" return accum;\n}\n\n");
|
---|
5082 | }
|
---|
5083 | else
|
---|
5084 | {
|
---|
5085 | printf (" switch (recog_memoized (insn))\n");
|
---|
5086 | printf (" {\n");
|
---|
5087 |
|
---|
5088 | for (av = attr->first_value; av; av = av->next)
|
---|
5089 | if (av != common_av)
|
---|
5090 | write_attr_case (attr, av, 1, "return", ";", 4, true_rtx);
|
---|
5091 |
|
---|
5092 | write_attr_case (attr, common_av, 0, "return", ";", 4, true_rtx);
|
---|
5093 | printf (" }\n}\n\n");
|
---|
5094 | }
|
---|
5095 | }
|
---|
5096 | |
---|
5097 |
|
---|
5098 | /* Given an AND tree of known true terms (because we are inside an `if' with
|
---|
5099 | that as the condition or are in an `else' clause) and an expression,
|
---|
5100 | replace any known true terms with TRUE. Use `simplify_and_tree' to do
|
---|
5101 | the bulk of the work. */
|
---|
5102 |
|
---|
5103 | static rtx
|
---|
5104 | eliminate_known_true (known_true, exp, insn_code, insn_index)
|
---|
5105 | rtx known_true;
|
---|
5106 | rtx exp;
|
---|
5107 | int insn_code, insn_index;
|
---|
5108 | {
|
---|
5109 | rtx term;
|
---|
5110 |
|
---|
5111 | known_true = SIMPLIFY_TEST_EXP (known_true, insn_code, insn_index);
|
---|
5112 |
|
---|
5113 | if (GET_CODE (known_true) == AND)
|
---|
5114 | {
|
---|
5115 | exp = eliminate_known_true (XEXP (known_true, 0), exp,
|
---|
5116 | insn_code, insn_index);
|
---|
5117 | exp = eliminate_known_true (XEXP (known_true, 1), exp,
|
---|
5118 | insn_code, insn_index);
|
---|
5119 | }
|
---|
5120 | else
|
---|
5121 | {
|
---|
5122 | term = known_true;
|
---|
5123 | exp = simplify_and_tree (exp, &term, insn_code, insn_index);
|
---|
5124 | }
|
---|
5125 |
|
---|
5126 | return exp;
|
---|
5127 | }
|
---|
5128 | |
---|
5129 |
|
---|
5130 | /* Write out a series of tests and assignment statements to perform tests and
|
---|
5131 | sets of an attribute value. We are passed an indentation amount and prefix
|
---|
5132 | and suffix strings to write around each attribute value (e.g., "return"
|
---|
5133 | and ";"). */
|
---|
5134 |
|
---|
5135 | static void
|
---|
5136 | write_attr_set (attr, indent, value, prefix, suffix, known_true,
|
---|
5137 | insn_code, insn_index)
|
---|
5138 | struct attr_desc *attr;
|
---|
5139 | int indent;
|
---|
5140 | rtx value;
|
---|
5141 | const char *prefix;
|
---|
5142 | const char *suffix;
|
---|
5143 | rtx known_true;
|
---|
5144 | int insn_code, insn_index;
|
---|
5145 | {
|
---|
5146 | if (GET_CODE (value) == COND)
|
---|
5147 | {
|
---|
5148 | /* Assume the default value will be the default of the COND unless we
|
---|
5149 | find an always true expression. */
|
---|
5150 | rtx default_val = XEXP (value, 1);
|
---|
5151 | rtx our_known_true = known_true;
|
---|
5152 | rtx newexp;
|
---|
5153 | int first_if = 1;
|
---|
5154 | int i;
|
---|
5155 |
|
---|
5156 | for (i = 0; i < XVECLEN (value, 0); i += 2)
|
---|
5157 | {
|
---|
5158 | rtx testexp;
|
---|
5159 | rtx inner_true;
|
---|
5160 |
|
---|
5161 | testexp = eliminate_known_true (our_known_true,
|
---|
5162 | XVECEXP (value, 0, i),
|
---|
5163 | insn_code, insn_index);
|
---|
5164 | newexp = attr_rtx (NOT, testexp);
|
---|
5165 | newexp = insert_right_side (AND, our_known_true, newexp,
|
---|
5166 | insn_code, insn_index);
|
---|
5167 |
|
---|
5168 | /* If the test expression is always true or if the next `known_true'
|
---|
5169 | expression is always false, this is the last case, so break
|
---|
5170 | out and let this value be the `else' case. */
|
---|
5171 | if (testexp == true_rtx || newexp == false_rtx)
|
---|
5172 | {
|
---|
5173 | default_val = XVECEXP (value, 0, i + 1);
|
---|
5174 | break;
|
---|
5175 | }
|
---|
5176 |
|
---|
5177 | /* Compute the expression to pass to our recursive call as being
|
---|
5178 | known true. */
|
---|
5179 | inner_true = insert_right_side (AND, our_known_true,
|
---|
5180 | testexp, insn_code, insn_index);
|
---|
5181 |
|
---|
5182 | /* If this is always false, skip it. */
|
---|
5183 | if (inner_true == false_rtx)
|
---|
5184 | continue;
|
---|
5185 |
|
---|
5186 | write_indent (indent);
|
---|
5187 | printf ("%sif ", first_if ? "" : "else ");
|
---|
5188 | first_if = 0;
|
---|
5189 | write_test_expr (testexp, 0);
|
---|
5190 | printf ("\n");
|
---|
5191 | write_indent (indent + 2);
|
---|
5192 | printf ("{\n");
|
---|
5193 |
|
---|
5194 | write_attr_set (attr, indent + 4,
|
---|
5195 | XVECEXP (value, 0, i + 1), prefix, suffix,
|
---|
5196 | inner_true, insn_code, insn_index);
|
---|
5197 | write_indent (indent + 2);
|
---|
5198 | printf ("}\n");
|
---|
5199 | our_known_true = newexp;
|
---|
5200 | }
|
---|
5201 |
|
---|
5202 | if (! first_if)
|
---|
5203 | {
|
---|
5204 | write_indent (indent);
|
---|
5205 | printf ("else\n");
|
---|
5206 | write_indent (indent + 2);
|
---|
5207 | printf ("{\n");
|
---|
5208 | }
|
---|
5209 |
|
---|
5210 | write_attr_set (attr, first_if ? indent : indent + 4, default_val,
|
---|
5211 | prefix, suffix, our_known_true, insn_code, insn_index);
|
---|
5212 |
|
---|
5213 | if (! first_if)
|
---|
5214 | {
|
---|
5215 | write_indent (indent + 2);
|
---|
5216 | printf ("}\n");
|
---|
5217 | }
|
---|
5218 | }
|
---|
5219 | else
|
---|
5220 | {
|
---|
5221 | write_indent (indent);
|
---|
5222 | printf ("%s ", prefix);
|
---|
5223 | write_attr_value (attr, value);
|
---|
5224 | printf ("%s\n", suffix);
|
---|
5225 | }
|
---|
5226 | }
|
---|
5227 | |
---|
5228 |
|
---|
5229 | /* Write out the computation for one attribute value. */
|
---|
5230 |
|
---|
5231 | static void
|
---|
5232 | write_attr_case (attr, av, write_case_lines, prefix, suffix, indent,
|
---|
5233 | known_true)
|
---|
5234 | struct attr_desc *attr;
|
---|
5235 | struct attr_value *av;
|
---|
5236 | int write_case_lines;
|
---|
5237 | const char *prefix, *suffix;
|
---|
5238 | int indent;
|
---|
5239 | rtx known_true;
|
---|
5240 | {
|
---|
5241 | struct insn_ent *ie;
|
---|
5242 |
|
---|
5243 | if (av->num_insns == 0)
|
---|
5244 | return;
|
---|
5245 |
|
---|
5246 | if (av->has_asm_insn)
|
---|
5247 | {
|
---|
5248 | write_indent (indent);
|
---|
5249 | printf ("case -1:\n");
|
---|
5250 | write_indent (indent + 2);
|
---|
5251 | printf ("if (GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn)) != ASM_INPUT\n");
|
---|
5252 | write_indent (indent + 2);
|
---|
5253 | printf (" && asm_noperands (PATTERN (insn)) < 0)\n");
|
---|
5254 | write_indent (indent + 2);
|
---|
5255 | printf (" fatal_insn_not_found (insn);\n");
|
---|
5256 | }
|
---|
5257 |
|
---|
5258 | if (write_case_lines)
|
---|
5259 | {
|
---|
5260 | for (ie = av->first_insn; ie; ie = ie->next)
|
---|
5261 | if (ie->insn_code != -1)
|
---|
5262 | {
|
---|
5263 | write_indent (indent);
|
---|
5264 | printf ("case %d:\n", ie->insn_code);
|
---|
5265 | }
|
---|
5266 | }
|
---|
5267 | else
|
---|
5268 | {
|
---|
5269 | write_indent (indent);
|
---|
5270 | printf ("default:\n");
|
---|
5271 | }
|
---|
5272 |
|
---|
5273 | /* See what we have to do to output this value. */
|
---|
5274 | must_extract = must_constrain = address_used = 0;
|
---|
5275 | walk_attr_value (av->value);
|
---|
5276 |
|
---|
5277 | if (must_constrain)
|
---|
5278 | {
|
---|
5279 | write_indent (indent + 2);
|
---|
5280 | printf ("extract_constrain_insn_cached (insn);\n");
|
---|
5281 | }
|
---|
5282 | else if (must_extract)
|
---|
5283 | {
|
---|
5284 | write_indent (indent + 2);
|
---|
5285 | printf ("extract_insn_cached (insn);\n");
|
---|
5286 | }
|
---|
5287 |
|
---|
5288 | write_attr_set (attr, indent + 2, av->value, prefix, suffix,
|
---|
5289 | known_true, av->first_insn->insn_code,
|
---|
5290 | av->first_insn->insn_index);
|
---|
5291 |
|
---|
5292 | if (strncmp (prefix, "return", 6))
|
---|
5293 | {
|
---|
5294 | write_indent (indent + 2);
|
---|
5295 | printf ("break;\n");
|
---|
5296 | }
|
---|
5297 | printf ("\n");
|
---|
5298 | }
|
---|
5299 | |
---|
5300 |
|
---|
5301 | /* Search for uses of non-const attributes and write code to cache them. */
|
---|
5302 |
|
---|
5303 | static int
|
---|
5304 | write_expr_attr_cache (p, attr)
|
---|
5305 | rtx p;
|
---|
5306 | struct attr_desc *attr;
|
---|
5307 | {
|
---|
5308 | const char *fmt;
|
---|
5309 | int i, ie, j, je;
|
---|
5310 |
|
---|
5311 | if (GET_CODE (p) == EQ_ATTR)
|
---|
5312 | {
|
---|
5313 | if (XSTR (p, 0) != attr->name)
|
---|
5314 | return 0;
|
---|
5315 |
|
---|
5316 | if (!attr->is_numeric)
|
---|
5317 | printf (" enum attr_%s ", attr->name);
|
---|
5318 | else if (attr->unsigned_p)
|
---|
5319 | printf (" unsigned int ");
|
---|
5320 | else
|
---|
5321 | printf (" int ");
|
---|
5322 |
|
---|
5323 | printf ("attr_%s = get_attr_%s (insn);\n", attr->name, attr->name);
|
---|
5324 | return 1;
|
---|
5325 | }
|
---|
5326 |
|
---|
5327 | fmt = GET_RTX_FORMAT (GET_CODE (p));
|
---|
5328 | ie = GET_RTX_LENGTH (GET_CODE (p));
|
---|
5329 | for (i = 0; i < ie; i++)
|
---|
5330 | {
|
---|
5331 | switch (*fmt++)
|
---|
5332 | {
|
---|
5333 | case 'e':
|
---|
5334 | if (write_expr_attr_cache (XEXP (p, i), attr))
|
---|
5335 | return 1;
|
---|
5336 | break;
|
---|
5337 |
|
---|
5338 | case 'E':
|
---|
5339 | je = XVECLEN (p, i);
|
---|
5340 | for (j = 0; j < je; ++j)
|
---|
5341 | if (write_expr_attr_cache (XVECEXP (p, i, j), attr))
|
---|
5342 | return 1;
|
---|
5343 | break;
|
---|
5344 | }
|
---|
5345 | }
|
---|
5346 |
|
---|
5347 | return 0;
|
---|
5348 | }
|
---|
5349 |
|
---|
5350 | /* Evaluate an expression at top level. A front end to write_test_expr,
|
---|
5351 | in which we cache attribute values and break up excessively large
|
---|
5352 | expressions to cater to older compilers. */
|
---|
5353 |
|
---|
5354 | static void
|
---|
5355 | write_toplevel_expr (p)
|
---|
5356 | rtx p;
|
---|
5357 | {
|
---|
5358 | struct attr_desc *attr;
|
---|
5359 | int i;
|
---|
5360 |
|
---|
5361 | for (i = 0; i < MAX_ATTRS_INDEX; ++i)
|
---|
5362 | for (attr = attrs[i]; attr; attr = attr->next)
|
---|
5363 | if (!attr->is_const)
|
---|
5364 | write_expr_attr_cache (p, attr);
|
---|
5365 |
|
---|
5366 | printf (" unsigned long accum = 0;\n\n");
|
---|
5367 |
|
---|
5368 | while (GET_CODE (p) == IOR)
|
---|
5369 | {
|
---|
5370 | rtx e;
|
---|
5371 | if (GET_CODE (XEXP (p, 0)) == IOR)
|
---|
5372 | e = XEXP (p, 1), p = XEXP (p, 0);
|
---|
5373 | else
|
---|
5374 | e = XEXP (p, 0), p = XEXP (p, 1);
|
---|
5375 |
|
---|
5376 | printf (" accum |= ");
|
---|
5377 | write_test_expr (e, 3);
|
---|
5378 | printf (";\n");
|
---|
5379 | }
|
---|
5380 | printf (" accum |= ");
|
---|
5381 | write_test_expr (p, 3);
|
---|
5382 | printf (";\n");
|
---|
5383 | }
|
---|
5384 | |
---|
5385 |
|
---|
5386 | /* Utilities to write names in various forms. */
|
---|
5387 |
|
---|
5388 | static void
|
---|
5389 | write_unit_name (prefix, num, suffix)
|
---|
5390 | const char *prefix;
|
---|
5391 | int num;
|
---|
5392 | const char *suffix;
|
---|
5393 | {
|
---|
5394 | struct function_unit *unit;
|
---|
5395 |
|
---|
5396 | for (unit = units; unit; unit = unit->next)
|
---|
5397 | if (unit->num == num)
|
---|
5398 | {
|
---|
5399 | printf ("%s%s%s", prefix, unit->name, suffix);
|
---|
5400 | return;
|
---|
5401 | }
|
---|
5402 |
|
---|
5403 | printf ("%s<unknown>%s", prefix, suffix);
|
---|
5404 | }
|
---|
5405 |
|
---|
5406 | static void
|
---|
5407 | write_attr_valueq (attr, s)
|
---|
5408 | struct attr_desc *attr;
|
---|
5409 | const char *s;
|
---|
5410 | {
|
---|
5411 | if (attr->is_numeric)
|
---|
5412 | {
|
---|
5413 | int num = atoi (s);
|
---|
5414 |
|
---|
5415 | printf ("%d", num);
|
---|
5416 |
|
---|
5417 | /* Make the blockage range values and function units used values easier
|
---|
5418 | to read. */
|
---|
5419 | if (attr->func_units_p)
|
---|
5420 | {
|
---|
5421 | if (num == -1)
|
---|
5422 | printf (" /* units: none */");
|
---|
5423 | else if (num >= 0)
|
---|
5424 | write_unit_name (" /* units: ", num, " */");
|
---|
5425 | else
|
---|
5426 | {
|
---|
5427 | int i;
|
---|
5428 | const char *sep = " /* units: ";
|
---|
5429 | for (i = 0, num = ~num; num; i++, num >>= 1)
|
---|
5430 | if (num & 1)
|
---|
5431 | {
|
---|
5432 | write_unit_name (sep, i, (num == 1) ? " */" : "");
|
---|
5433 | sep = ", ";
|
---|
5434 | }
|
---|
5435 | }
|
---|
5436 | }
|
---|
5437 |
|
---|
5438 | else if (attr->blockage_p)
|
---|
5439 | printf (" /* min %d, max %d */", num >> (HOST_BITS_PER_INT / 2),
|
---|
5440 | num & ((1 << (HOST_BITS_PER_INT / 2)) - 1));
|
---|
5441 |
|
---|
5442 | else if (num > 9 || num < 0)
|
---|
5443 | printf (" /* 0x%x */", num);
|
---|
5444 | }
|
---|
5445 | else
|
---|
5446 | {
|
---|
5447 | write_upcase (attr->name);
|
---|
5448 | printf ("_");
|
---|
5449 | write_upcase (s);
|
---|
5450 | }
|
---|
5451 | }
|
---|
5452 |
|
---|
5453 | static void
|
---|
5454 | write_attr_value (attr, value)
|
---|
5455 | struct attr_desc *attr;
|
---|
5456 | rtx value;
|
---|
5457 | {
|
---|
5458 | int op;
|
---|
5459 |
|
---|
5460 | switch (GET_CODE (value))
|
---|
5461 | {
|
---|
5462 | case CONST_STRING:
|
---|
5463 | write_attr_valueq (attr, XSTR (value, 0));
|
---|
5464 | break;
|
---|
5465 |
|
---|
5466 | case CONST_INT:
|
---|
5467 | printf (HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_DEC, INTVAL (value));
|
---|
5468 | break;
|
---|
5469 |
|
---|
5470 | case SYMBOL_REF:
|
---|
5471 | fputs (XSTR (value, 0), stdout);
|
---|
5472 | break;
|
---|
5473 |
|
---|
5474 | case ATTR:
|
---|
5475 | {
|
---|
5476 | struct attr_desc *attr2 = find_attr (XSTR (value, 0), 0);
|
---|
5477 | printf ("get_attr_%s (%s)", attr2->name,
|
---|
5478 | (attr2->is_const ? "" : "insn"));
|
---|
5479 | }
|
---|
5480 | break;
|
---|
5481 |
|
---|
5482 | case PLUS:
|
---|
5483 | op = '+';
|
---|
5484 | goto do_operator;
|
---|
5485 | case MINUS:
|
---|
5486 | op = '-';
|
---|
5487 | goto do_operator;
|
---|
5488 | case MULT:
|
---|
5489 | op = '*';
|
---|
5490 | goto do_operator;
|
---|
5491 | case DIV:
|
---|
5492 | op = '/';
|
---|
5493 | goto do_operator;
|
---|
5494 | case MOD:
|
---|
5495 | op = '%';
|
---|
5496 | goto do_operator;
|
---|
5497 |
|
---|
5498 | do_operator:
|
---|
5499 | write_attr_value (attr, XEXP (value, 0));
|
---|
5500 | putchar (' ');
|
---|
5501 | putchar (op);
|
---|
5502 | putchar (' ');
|
---|
5503 | write_attr_value (attr, XEXP (value, 1));
|
---|
5504 | break;
|
---|
5505 |
|
---|
5506 | default:
|
---|
5507 | abort ();
|
---|
5508 | }
|
---|
5509 | }
|
---|
5510 |
|
---|
5511 | static void
|
---|
5512 | write_upcase (str)
|
---|
5513 | const char *str;
|
---|
5514 | {
|
---|
5515 | while (*str)
|
---|
5516 | {
|
---|
5517 | /* The argument of TOUPPER should not have side effects. */
|
---|
5518 | putchar (TOUPPER(*str));
|
---|
5519 | str++;
|
---|
5520 | }
|
---|
5521 | }
|
---|
5522 |
|
---|
5523 | static void
|
---|
5524 | write_indent (indent)
|
---|
5525 | int indent;
|
---|
5526 | {
|
---|
5527 | for (; indent > 8; indent -= 8)
|
---|
5528 | printf ("\t");
|
---|
5529 |
|
---|
5530 | for (; indent; indent--)
|
---|
5531 | printf (" ");
|
---|
5532 | }
|
---|
5533 | |
---|
5534 |
|
---|
5535 | /* Write a subroutine that is given an insn that requires a delay slot, a
|
---|
5536 | delay slot ordinal, and a candidate insn. It returns non-zero if the
|
---|
5537 | candidate can be placed in the specified delay slot of the insn.
|
---|
5538 |
|
---|
5539 | We can write as many as three subroutines. `eligible_for_delay'
|
---|
5540 | handles normal delay slots, `eligible_for_annul_true' indicates that
|
---|
5541 | the specified insn can be annulled if the branch is true, and likewise
|
---|
5542 | for `eligible_for_annul_false'.
|
---|
5543 |
|
---|
5544 | KIND is a string distinguishing these three cases ("delay", "annul_true",
|
---|
5545 | or "annul_false"). */
|
---|
5546 |
|
---|
5547 | static void
|
---|
5548 | write_eligible_delay (kind)
|
---|
5549 | const char *kind;
|
---|
5550 | {
|
---|
5551 | struct delay_desc *delay;
|
---|
5552 | int max_slots;
|
---|
5553 | char str[50];
|
---|
5554 | struct attr_desc *attr;
|
---|
5555 | struct attr_value *av, *common_av;
|
---|
5556 | int i;
|
---|
5557 |
|
---|
5558 | /* Compute the maximum number of delay slots required. We use the delay
|
---|
5559 | ordinal times this number plus one, plus the slot number as an index into
|
---|
5560 | the appropriate predicate to test. */
|
---|
5561 |
|
---|
5562 | for (delay = delays, max_slots = 0; delay; delay = delay->next)
|
---|
5563 | if (XVECLEN (delay->def, 1) / 3 > max_slots)
|
---|
5564 | max_slots = XVECLEN (delay->def, 1) / 3;
|
---|
5565 |
|
---|
5566 | /* Write function prelude. */
|
---|
5567 |
|
---|
5568 | printf ("int\n");
|
---|
5569 | printf ("eligible_for_%s (delay_insn, slot, candidate_insn, flags)\n",
|
---|
5570 | kind);
|
---|
5571 | printf (" rtx delay_insn ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;\n");
|
---|
5572 | printf (" int slot;\n");
|
---|
5573 | printf (" rtx candidate_insn;\n");
|
---|
5574 | printf (" int flags ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;\n");
|
---|
5575 | printf ("{\n");
|
---|
5576 | printf (" rtx insn;\n");
|
---|
5577 | printf ("\n");
|
---|
5578 | printf (" if (slot >= %d)\n", max_slots);
|
---|
5579 | printf (" abort ();\n");
|
---|
5580 | printf ("\n");
|
---|
5581 |
|
---|
5582 | /* If more than one delay type, find out which type the delay insn is. */
|
---|
5583 |
|
---|
5584 | if (num_delays > 1)
|
---|
5585 | {
|
---|
5586 | attr = find_attr ("*delay_type", 0);
|
---|
5587 | if (! attr)
|
---|
5588 | abort ();
|
---|
5589 | common_av = find_most_used (attr);
|
---|
5590 |
|
---|
5591 | printf (" insn = delay_insn;\n");
|
---|
5592 | printf (" switch (recog_memoized (insn))\n");
|
---|
5593 | printf (" {\n");
|
---|
5594 |
|
---|
5595 | sprintf (str, " * %d;\n break;", max_slots);
|
---|
5596 | for (av = attr->first_value; av; av = av->next)
|
---|
5597 | if (av != common_av)
|
---|
5598 | write_attr_case (attr, av, 1, "slot +=", str, 4, true_rtx);
|
---|
5599 |
|
---|
5600 | write_attr_case (attr, common_av, 0, "slot +=", str, 4, true_rtx);
|
---|
5601 | printf (" }\n\n");
|
---|
5602 |
|
---|
5603 | /* Ensure matched. Otherwise, shouldn't have been called. */
|
---|
5604 | printf (" if (slot < %d)\n", max_slots);
|
---|
5605 | printf (" abort ();\n\n");
|
---|
5606 | }
|
---|
5607 |
|
---|
5608 | /* If just one type of delay slot, write simple switch. */
|
---|
5609 | if (num_delays == 1 && max_slots == 1)
|
---|
5610 | {
|
---|
5611 | printf (" insn = candidate_insn;\n");
|
---|
5612 | printf (" switch (recog_memoized (insn))\n");
|
---|
5613 | printf (" {\n");
|
---|
5614 |
|
---|
5615 | attr = find_attr ("*delay_1_0", 0);
|
---|
5616 | if (! attr)
|
---|
5617 | abort ();
|
---|
5618 | common_av = find_most_used (attr);
|
---|
5619 |
|
---|
5620 | for (av = attr->first_value; av; av = av->next)
|
---|
5621 | if (av != common_av)
|
---|
5622 | write_attr_case (attr, av, 1, "return", ";", 4, true_rtx);
|
---|
5623 |
|
---|
5624 | write_attr_case (attr, common_av, 0, "return", ";", 4, true_rtx);
|
---|
5625 | printf (" }\n");
|
---|
5626 | }
|
---|
5627 |
|
---|
5628 | else
|
---|
5629 | {
|
---|
5630 | /* Write a nested CASE. The first indicates which condition we need to
|
---|
5631 | test, and the inner CASE tests the condition. */
|
---|
5632 | printf (" insn = candidate_insn;\n");
|
---|
5633 | printf (" switch (slot)\n");
|
---|
5634 | printf (" {\n");
|
---|
5635 |
|
---|
5636 | for (delay = delays; delay; delay = delay->next)
|
---|
5637 | for (i = 0; i < XVECLEN (delay->def, 1); i += 3)
|
---|
5638 | {
|
---|
5639 | printf (" case %d:\n",
|
---|
5640 | (i / 3) + (num_delays == 1 ? 0 : delay->num * max_slots));
|
---|
5641 | printf (" switch (recog_memoized (insn))\n");
|
---|
5642 | printf ("\t{\n");
|
---|
5643 |
|
---|
5644 | sprintf (str, "*%s_%d_%d", kind, delay->num, i / 3);
|
---|
5645 | attr = find_attr (str, 0);
|
---|
5646 | if (! attr)
|
---|
5647 | abort ();
|
---|
5648 | common_av = find_most_used (attr);
|
---|
5649 |
|
---|
5650 | for (av = attr->first_value; av; av = av->next)
|
---|
5651 | if (av != common_av)
|
---|
5652 | write_attr_case (attr, av, 1, "return", ";", 8, true_rtx);
|
---|
5653 |
|
---|
5654 | write_attr_case (attr, common_av, 0, "return", ";", 8, true_rtx);
|
---|
5655 | printf (" }\n");
|
---|
5656 | }
|
---|
5657 |
|
---|
5658 | printf (" default:\n");
|
---|
5659 | printf (" abort ();\n");
|
---|
5660 | printf (" }\n");
|
---|
5661 | }
|
---|
5662 |
|
---|
5663 | printf ("}\n\n");
|
---|
5664 | }
|
---|
5665 | |
---|
5666 |
|
---|
5667 | /* Write routines to compute conflict cost for function units. Then write a
|
---|
5668 | table describing the available function units. */
|
---|
5669 |
|
---|
5670 | static void
|
---|
5671 | write_function_unit_info ()
|
---|
5672 | {
|
---|
5673 | struct function_unit *unit;
|
---|
5674 | int i;
|
---|
5675 |
|
---|
5676 | /* Write out conflict routines for function units. Don't bother writing
|
---|
5677 | one if there is only one issue delay value. */
|
---|
5678 |
|
---|
5679 | for (unit = units; unit; unit = unit->next)
|
---|
5680 | {
|
---|
5681 | if (unit->needs_blockage_function)
|
---|
5682 | write_complex_function (unit, "blockage", "block");
|
---|
5683 |
|
---|
5684 | /* If the minimum and maximum conflict costs are the same, there
|
---|
5685 | is only one value, so we don't need a function. */
|
---|
5686 | if (! unit->needs_conflict_function)
|
---|
5687 | {
|
---|
5688 | unit->default_cost = make_numeric_value (unit->issue_delay.max);
|
---|
5689 | continue;
|
---|
5690 | }
|
---|
5691 |
|
---|
5692 | /* The function first computes the case from the candidate insn. */
|
---|
5693 | unit->default_cost = make_numeric_value (0);
|
---|
5694 | write_complex_function (unit, "conflict_cost", "cost");
|
---|
5695 | }
|
---|
5696 |
|
---|
5697 | /* Now that all functions have been written, write the table describing
|
---|
5698 | the function units. The name is included for documentation purposes
|
---|
5699 | only. */
|
---|
5700 |
|
---|
5701 | printf ("const struct function_unit_desc function_units[] = {\n");
|
---|
5702 |
|
---|
5703 | /* Write out the descriptions in numeric order, but don't force that order
|
---|
5704 | on the list. Doing so increases the runtime of genattrtab.c. */
|
---|
5705 | for (i = 0; i < num_units; i++)
|
---|
5706 | {
|
---|
5707 | for (unit = units; unit; unit = unit->next)
|
---|
5708 | if (unit->num == i)
|
---|
5709 | break;
|
---|
5710 |
|
---|
5711 | printf (" {\"%s\", %d, %d, %d, %s, %d, %s_unit_ready_cost, ",
|
---|
5712 | unit->name, 1 << unit->num, unit->multiplicity,
|
---|
5713 | unit->simultaneity, XSTR (unit->default_cost, 0),
|
---|
5714 | unit->issue_delay.max, unit->name);
|
---|
5715 |
|
---|
5716 | if (unit->needs_conflict_function)
|
---|
5717 | printf ("%s_unit_conflict_cost, ", unit->name);
|
---|
5718 | else
|
---|
5719 | printf ("0, ");
|
---|
5720 |
|
---|
5721 | printf ("%d, ", unit->max_blockage);
|
---|
5722 |
|
---|
5723 | if (unit->needs_range_function)
|
---|
5724 | printf ("%s_unit_blockage_range, ", unit->name);
|
---|
5725 | else
|
---|
5726 | printf ("0, ");
|
---|
5727 |
|
---|
5728 | if (unit->needs_blockage_function)
|
---|
5729 | printf ("%s_unit_blockage", unit->name);
|
---|
5730 | else
|
---|
5731 | printf ("0");
|
---|
5732 |
|
---|
5733 | printf ("}, \n");
|
---|
5734 | }
|
---|
5735 |
|
---|
5736 | printf ("};\n\n");
|
---|
5737 | }
|
---|
5738 |
|
---|
5739 | static void
|
---|
5740 | write_complex_function (unit, name, connection)
|
---|
5741 | struct function_unit *unit;
|
---|
5742 | const char *name, *connection;
|
---|
5743 | {
|
---|
5744 | struct attr_desc *case_attr, *attr;
|
---|
5745 | struct attr_value *av, *common_av;
|
---|
5746 | rtx value;
|
---|
5747 | char str[256];
|
---|
5748 | int using_case;
|
---|
5749 | int i;
|
---|
5750 |
|
---|
5751 | printf ("static int %s_unit_%s PARAMS ((rtx, rtx));\n", unit->name, name);
|
---|
5752 | printf ("static int\n");
|
---|
5753 | printf ("%s_unit_%s (executing_insn, candidate_insn)\n", unit->name, name);
|
---|
5754 | printf (" rtx executing_insn;\n");
|
---|
5755 | printf (" rtx candidate_insn;\n");
|
---|
5756 | printf ("{\n");
|
---|
5757 | printf (" rtx insn;\n");
|
---|
5758 | printf (" int casenum;\n\n");
|
---|
5759 | printf (" insn = executing_insn;\n");
|
---|
5760 | printf (" switch (recog_memoized (insn))\n");
|
---|
5761 | printf (" {\n");
|
---|
5762 |
|
---|
5763 | /* Write the `switch' statement to get the case value. */
|
---|
5764 | if (strlen (unit->name) + sizeof "*_cases" > 256)
|
---|
5765 | abort ();
|
---|
5766 | sprintf (str, "*%s_cases", unit->name);
|
---|
5767 | case_attr = find_attr (str, 0);
|
---|
5768 | if (! case_attr)
|
---|
5769 | abort ();
|
---|
5770 | common_av = find_most_used (case_attr);
|
---|
5771 |
|
---|
5772 | for (av = case_attr->first_value; av; av = av->next)
|
---|
5773 | if (av != common_av)
|
---|
5774 | write_attr_case (case_attr, av, 1,
|
---|
5775 | "casenum =", ";", 4, unit->condexp);
|
---|
5776 |
|
---|
5777 | write_attr_case (case_attr, common_av, 0,
|
---|
5778 | "casenum =", ";", 4, unit->condexp);
|
---|
5779 | printf (" }\n\n");
|
---|
5780 |
|
---|
5781 | /* Now write an outer switch statement on each case. Then write
|
---|
5782 | the tests on the executing function within each. */
|
---|
5783 | printf (" insn = candidate_insn;\n");
|
---|
5784 | printf (" switch (casenum)\n");
|
---|
5785 | printf (" {\n");
|
---|
5786 |
|
---|
5787 | for (i = 0; i < unit->num_opclasses; i++)
|
---|
5788 | {
|
---|
5789 | /* Ensure using this case. */
|
---|
5790 | using_case = 0;
|
---|
5791 | for (av = case_attr->first_value; av; av = av->next)
|
---|
5792 | if (av->num_insns
|
---|
5793 | && contained_in_p (make_numeric_value (i), av->value))
|
---|
5794 | using_case = 1;
|
---|
5795 |
|
---|
5796 | if (! using_case)
|
---|
5797 | continue;
|
---|
5798 |
|
---|
5799 | printf (" case %d:\n", i);
|
---|
5800 | sprintf (str, "*%s_%s_%d", unit->name, connection, i);
|
---|
5801 | attr = find_attr (str, 0);
|
---|
5802 | if (! attr)
|
---|
5803 | abort ();
|
---|
5804 |
|
---|
5805 | /* If single value, just write it. */
|
---|
5806 | value = find_single_value (attr);
|
---|
5807 | if (value)
|
---|
5808 | write_attr_set (attr, 6, value, "return", ";\n", true_rtx, -2, -2);
|
---|
5809 | else
|
---|
5810 | {
|
---|
5811 | common_av = find_most_used (attr);
|
---|
5812 | printf (" switch (recog_memoized (insn))\n");
|
---|
5813 | printf ("\t{\n");
|
---|
5814 |
|
---|
5815 | for (av = attr->first_value; av; av = av->next)
|
---|
5816 | if (av != common_av)
|
---|
5817 | write_attr_case (attr, av, 1,
|
---|
5818 | "return", ";", 8, unit->condexp);
|
---|
5819 |
|
---|
5820 | write_attr_case (attr, common_av, 0,
|
---|
5821 | "return", ";", 8, unit->condexp);
|
---|
5822 | printf (" }\n\n");
|
---|
5823 | }
|
---|
5824 | }
|
---|
5825 |
|
---|
5826 | /* This default case should not be needed, but gcc's analysis is not
|
---|
5827 | good enough to realize that the default case is not needed for the
|
---|
5828 | second switch statement. */
|
---|
5829 | printf (" default:\n abort ();\n");
|
---|
5830 | printf (" }\n}\n\n");
|
---|
5831 | }
|
---|
5832 | |
---|
5833 |
|
---|
5834 | /* This page contains miscellaneous utility routines. */
|
---|
5835 |
|
---|
5836 | /* Given a string, return the number of comma-separated elements in it.
|
---|
5837 | Return 0 for the null string. */
|
---|
5838 |
|
---|
5839 | static int
|
---|
5840 | n_comma_elts (s)
|
---|
5841 | const char *s;
|
---|
5842 | {
|
---|
5843 | int n;
|
---|
5844 |
|
---|
5845 | if (*s == '\0')
|
---|
5846 | return 0;
|
---|
5847 |
|
---|
5848 | for (n = 1; *s; s++)
|
---|
5849 | if (*s == ',')
|
---|
5850 | n++;
|
---|
5851 |
|
---|
5852 | return n;
|
---|
5853 | }
|
---|
5854 |
|
---|
5855 | /* Given a pointer to a (char *), return a malloc'ed string containing the
|
---|
5856 | next comma-separated element. Advance the pointer to after the string
|
---|
5857 | scanned, or the end-of-string. Return NULL if at end of string. */
|
---|
5858 |
|
---|
5859 | static char *
|
---|
5860 | next_comma_elt (pstr)
|
---|
5861 | const char **pstr;
|
---|
5862 | {
|
---|
5863 | char *out_str;
|
---|
5864 | const char *p;
|
---|
5865 |
|
---|
5866 | if (**pstr == '\0')
|
---|
5867 | return NULL;
|
---|
5868 |
|
---|
5869 | /* Find end of string to compute length. */
|
---|
5870 | for (p = *pstr; *p != ',' && *p != '\0'; p++)
|
---|
5871 | ;
|
---|
5872 |
|
---|
5873 | out_str = attr_string (*pstr, p - *pstr);
|
---|
5874 | *pstr = p;
|
---|
5875 |
|
---|
5876 | if (**pstr == ',')
|
---|
5877 | (*pstr)++;
|
---|
5878 |
|
---|
5879 | return out_str;
|
---|
5880 | }
|
---|
5881 |
|
---|
5882 | /* Return a `struct attr_desc' pointer for a given named attribute. If CREATE
|
---|
5883 | is non-zero, build a new attribute, if one does not exist. */
|
---|
5884 |
|
---|
5885 | static struct attr_desc *
|
---|
5886 | find_attr (name, create)
|
---|
5887 | const char *name;
|
---|
5888 | int create;
|
---|
5889 | {
|
---|
5890 | struct attr_desc *attr;
|
---|
5891 | int index;
|
---|
5892 |
|
---|
5893 | /* Before we resort to using `strcmp', see if the string address matches
|
---|
5894 | anywhere. In most cases, it should have been canonicalized to do so. */
|
---|
5895 | if (name == alternative_name)
|
---|
5896 | return NULL;
|
---|
5897 |
|
---|
5898 | index = name[0] & (MAX_ATTRS_INDEX - 1);
|
---|
5899 | for (attr = attrs[index]; attr; attr = attr->next)
|
---|
5900 | if (name == attr->name)
|
---|
5901 | return attr;
|
---|
5902 |
|
---|
5903 | /* Otherwise, do it the slow way. */
|
---|
5904 | for (attr = attrs[index]; attr; attr = attr->next)
|
---|
5905 | if (name[0] == attr->name[0] && ! strcmp (name, attr->name))
|
---|
5906 | return attr;
|
---|
5907 |
|
---|
5908 | if (! create)
|
---|
5909 | return NULL;
|
---|
5910 |
|
---|
5911 | attr = (struct attr_desc *) oballoc (sizeof (struct attr_desc));
|
---|
5912 | attr->name = attr_string (name, strlen (name));
|
---|
5913 | attr->first_value = attr->default_val = NULL;
|
---|
5914 | attr->is_numeric = attr->negative_ok = attr->is_const = attr->is_special = 0;
|
---|
5915 | attr->unsigned_p = attr->func_units_p = attr->blockage_p = 0;
|
---|
5916 | attr->next = attrs[index];
|
---|
5917 | attrs[index] = attr;
|
---|
5918 |
|
---|
5919 | return attr;
|
---|
5920 | }
|
---|
5921 |
|
---|
5922 | /* Create internal attribute with the given default value. */
|
---|
5923 |
|
---|
5924 | static void
|
---|
5925 | make_internal_attr (name, value, special)
|
---|
5926 | const char *name;
|
---|
5927 | rtx value;
|
---|
5928 | int special;
|
---|
5929 | {
|
---|
5930 | struct attr_desc *attr;
|
---|
5931 |
|
---|
5932 | attr = find_attr (name, 1);
|
---|
5933 | if (attr->default_val)
|
---|
5934 | abort ();
|
---|
5935 |
|
---|
5936 | attr->is_numeric = 1;
|
---|
5937 | attr->is_const = 0;
|
---|
5938 | attr->is_special = (special & 1) != 0;
|
---|
5939 | attr->negative_ok = (special & 2) != 0;
|
---|
5940 | attr->unsigned_p = (special & 4) != 0;
|
---|
5941 | attr->func_units_p = (special & 8) != 0;
|
---|
5942 | attr->blockage_p = (special & 16) != 0;
|
---|
5943 | attr->default_val = get_attr_value (value, attr, -2);
|
---|
5944 | }
|
---|
5945 |
|
---|
5946 | /* Find the most used value of an attribute. */
|
---|
5947 |
|
---|
5948 | static struct attr_value *
|
---|
5949 | find_most_used (attr)
|
---|
5950 | struct attr_desc *attr;
|
---|
5951 | {
|
---|
5952 | struct attr_value *av;
|
---|
5953 | struct attr_value *most_used;
|
---|
5954 | int nuses;
|
---|
5955 |
|
---|
5956 | most_used = NULL;
|
---|
5957 | nuses = -1;
|
---|
5958 |
|
---|
5959 | for (av = attr->first_value; av; av = av->next)
|
---|
5960 | if (av->num_insns > nuses)
|
---|
5961 | nuses = av->num_insns, most_used = av;
|
---|
5962 |
|
---|
5963 | return most_used;
|
---|
5964 | }
|
---|
5965 |
|
---|
5966 | /* If an attribute only has a single value used, return it. Otherwise
|
---|
5967 | return NULL. */
|
---|
5968 |
|
---|
5969 | static rtx
|
---|
5970 | find_single_value (attr)
|
---|
5971 | struct attr_desc *attr;
|
---|
5972 | {
|
---|
5973 | struct attr_value *av;
|
---|
5974 | rtx unique_value;
|
---|
5975 |
|
---|
5976 | unique_value = NULL;
|
---|
5977 | for (av = attr->first_value; av; av = av->next)
|
---|
5978 | if (av->num_insns)
|
---|
5979 | {
|
---|
5980 | if (unique_value)
|
---|
5981 | return NULL;
|
---|
5982 | else
|
---|
5983 | unique_value = av->value;
|
---|
5984 | }
|
---|
5985 |
|
---|
5986 | return unique_value;
|
---|
5987 | }
|
---|
5988 |
|
---|
5989 | /* Return (attr_value "n") */
|
---|
5990 |
|
---|
5991 | static rtx
|
---|
5992 | make_numeric_value (n)
|
---|
5993 | int n;
|
---|
5994 | {
|
---|
5995 | static rtx int_values[20];
|
---|
5996 | rtx exp;
|
---|
5997 | char *p;
|
---|
5998 |
|
---|
5999 | if (n < 0)
|
---|
6000 | abort ();
|
---|
6001 |
|
---|
6002 | if (n < 20 && int_values[n])
|
---|
6003 | return int_values[n];
|
---|
6004 |
|
---|
6005 | p = attr_printf (MAX_DIGITS, "%d", n);
|
---|
6006 | exp = attr_rtx (CONST_STRING, p);
|
---|
6007 |
|
---|
6008 | if (n < 20)
|
---|
6009 | int_values[n] = exp;
|
---|
6010 |
|
---|
6011 | return exp;
|
---|
6012 | }
|
---|
6013 | |
---|
6014 |
|
---|
6015 | static void
|
---|
6016 | extend_range (range, min, max)
|
---|
6017 | struct range *range;
|
---|
6018 | int min;
|
---|
6019 | int max;
|
---|
6020 | {
|
---|
6021 | if (range->min > min)
|
---|
6022 | range->min = min;
|
---|
6023 | if (range->max < max)
|
---|
6024 | range->max = max;
|
---|
6025 | }
|
---|
6026 |
|
---|
6027 | static rtx
|
---|
6028 | copy_rtx_unchanging (orig)
|
---|
6029 | rtx orig;
|
---|
6030 | {
|
---|
6031 | #if 0
|
---|
6032 | rtx copy;
|
---|
6033 | RTX_CODE code;
|
---|
6034 | #endif
|
---|
6035 |
|
---|
6036 | if (RTX_UNCHANGING_P (orig) || MEM_IN_STRUCT_P (orig))
|
---|
6037 | return orig;
|
---|
6038 |
|
---|
6039 | MEM_IN_STRUCT_P (orig) = 1;
|
---|
6040 | return orig;
|
---|
6041 |
|
---|
6042 | #if 0
|
---|
6043 | code = GET_CODE (orig);
|
---|
6044 | switch (code)
|
---|
6045 | {
|
---|
6046 | case CONST_INT:
|
---|
6047 | case CONST_DOUBLE:
|
---|
6048 | case SYMBOL_REF:
|
---|
6049 | case CODE_LABEL:
|
---|
6050 | return orig;
|
---|
6051 |
|
---|
6052 | default:
|
---|
6053 | break;
|
---|
6054 | }
|
---|
6055 |
|
---|
6056 | copy = rtx_alloc (code);
|
---|
6057 | PUT_MODE (copy, GET_MODE (orig));
|
---|
6058 | RTX_UNCHANGING_P (copy) = 1;
|
---|
6059 |
|
---|
6060 | memcpy (&XEXP (copy, 0), &XEXP (orig, 0),
|
---|
6061 | GET_RTX_LENGTH (GET_CODE (copy)) * sizeof (rtx));
|
---|
6062 | return copy;
|
---|
6063 | #endif
|
---|
6064 | }
|
---|
6065 |
|
---|
6066 | /* Determine if an insn has a constant number of delay slots, i.e., the
|
---|
6067 | number of delay slots is not a function of the length of the insn. */
|
---|
6068 |
|
---|
6069 | static void
|
---|
6070 | write_const_num_delay_slots ()
|
---|
6071 | {
|
---|
6072 | struct attr_desc *attr = find_attr ("*num_delay_slots", 0);
|
---|
6073 | struct attr_value *av;
|
---|
6074 | struct insn_ent *ie;
|
---|
6075 |
|
---|
6076 | if (attr)
|
---|
6077 | {
|
---|
6078 | printf ("int\nconst_num_delay_slots (insn)\n");
|
---|
6079 | printf (" rtx insn;\n");
|
---|
6080 | printf ("{\n");
|
---|
6081 | printf (" switch (recog_memoized (insn))\n");
|
---|
6082 | printf (" {\n");
|
---|
6083 |
|
---|
6084 | for (av = attr->first_value; av; av = av->next)
|
---|
6085 | {
|
---|
6086 | length_used = 0;
|
---|
6087 | walk_attr_value (av->value);
|
---|
6088 | if (length_used)
|
---|
6089 | {
|
---|
6090 | for (ie = av->first_insn; ie; ie = ie->next)
|
---|
6091 | if (ie->insn_code != -1)
|
---|
6092 | printf (" case %d:\n", ie->insn_code);
|
---|
6093 | printf (" return 0;\n");
|
---|
6094 | }
|
---|
6095 | }
|
---|
6096 |
|
---|
6097 | printf (" default:\n");
|
---|
6098 | printf (" return 1;\n");
|
---|
6099 | printf (" }\n}\n\n");
|
---|
6100 | }
|
---|
6101 | }
|
---|
6102 | |
---|
6103 |
|
---|
6104 | extern int main PARAMS ((int, char **));
|
---|
6105 |
|
---|
6106 | int
|
---|
6107 | main (argc, argv)
|
---|
6108 | int argc;
|
---|
6109 | char **argv;
|
---|
6110 | {
|
---|
6111 | rtx desc;
|
---|
6112 | struct attr_desc *attr;
|
---|
6113 | struct insn_def *id;
|
---|
6114 | rtx tem;
|
---|
6115 | int i;
|
---|
6116 |
|
---|
6117 | #ifdef EMX
|
---|
6118 | /* Otherwise we can't use more than 32Mb memory and genattrtab uses a lot */
|
---|
6119 | _uflags (_UF_SBRK_MODEL, _UF_SBRK_ARBITRARY);
|
---|
6120 | #endif
|
---|
6121 |
|
---|
6122 | progname = "genattrtab";
|
---|
6123 |
|
---|
6124 | if (argc <= 1)
|
---|
6125 | fatal ("no input file name");
|
---|
6126 |
|
---|
6127 | if (init_md_reader_args (argc, argv) != SUCCESS_EXIT_CODE)
|
---|
6128 | return (FATAL_EXIT_CODE);
|
---|
6129 |
|
---|
6130 | obstack_init (hash_obstack);
|
---|
6131 | obstack_init (temp_obstack);
|
---|
6132 |
|
---|
6133 | /* Set up true and false rtx's */
|
---|
6134 | true_rtx = rtx_alloc (CONST_INT);
|
---|
6135 | XWINT (true_rtx, 0) = 1;
|
---|
6136 | false_rtx = rtx_alloc (CONST_INT);
|
---|
6137 | XWINT (false_rtx, 0) = 0;
|
---|
6138 | RTX_UNCHANGING_P (true_rtx) = RTX_UNCHANGING_P (false_rtx) = 1;
|
---|
6139 | RTX_INTEGRATED_P (true_rtx) = RTX_INTEGRATED_P (false_rtx) = 1;
|
---|
6140 |
|
---|
6141 | alternative_name = attr_string ("alternative", strlen ("alternative"));
|
---|
6142 |
|
---|
6143 | printf ("/* Generated automatically by the program `genattrtab'\n\
|
---|
6144 | from the machine description file `md'. */\n\n");
|
---|
6145 |
|
---|
6146 | /* Read the machine description. */
|
---|
6147 |
|
---|
6148 | while (1)
|
---|
6149 | {
|
---|
6150 | int lineno;
|
---|
6151 |
|
---|
6152 | desc = read_md_rtx (&lineno, &insn_code_number);
|
---|
6153 | if (desc == NULL)
|
---|
6154 | break;
|
---|
6155 |
|
---|
6156 | switch (GET_CODE (desc))
|
---|
6157 | {
|
---|
6158 | case DEFINE_INSN:
|
---|
6159 | case DEFINE_PEEPHOLE:
|
---|
6160 | case DEFINE_ASM_ATTRIBUTES:
|
---|
6161 | gen_insn (desc, lineno);
|
---|
6162 | break;
|
---|
6163 |
|
---|
6164 | case DEFINE_ATTR:
|
---|
6165 | gen_attr (desc, lineno);
|
---|
6166 | break;
|
---|
6167 |
|
---|
6168 | case DEFINE_DELAY:
|
---|
6169 | gen_delay (desc, lineno);
|
---|
6170 | break;
|
---|
6171 |
|
---|
6172 | case DEFINE_FUNCTION_UNIT:
|
---|
6173 | gen_unit (desc, lineno);
|
---|
6174 | break;
|
---|
6175 |
|
---|
6176 | default:
|
---|
6177 | break;
|
---|
6178 | }
|
---|
6179 | if (GET_CODE (desc) != DEFINE_ASM_ATTRIBUTES)
|
---|
6180 | insn_index_number++;
|
---|
6181 | }
|
---|
6182 |
|
---|
6183 | if (have_error)
|
---|
6184 | return FATAL_EXIT_CODE;
|
---|
6185 |
|
---|
6186 | insn_code_number++;
|
---|
6187 |
|
---|
6188 | /* If we didn't have a DEFINE_ASM_ATTRIBUTES, make a null one. */
|
---|
6189 | if (! got_define_asm_attributes)
|
---|
6190 | {
|
---|
6191 | tem = rtx_alloc (DEFINE_ASM_ATTRIBUTES);
|
---|
6192 | XVEC (tem, 0) = rtvec_alloc (0);
|
---|
6193 | gen_insn (tem, 0);
|
---|
6194 | }
|
---|
6195 |
|
---|
6196 | /* Expand DEFINE_DELAY information into new attribute. */
|
---|
6197 | if (num_delays)
|
---|
6198 | expand_delays ();
|
---|
6199 |
|
---|
6200 | /* Expand DEFINE_FUNCTION_UNIT information into new attributes. */
|
---|
6201 | if (num_units)
|
---|
6202 | expand_units ();
|
---|
6203 |
|
---|
6204 | printf ("#include \"config.h\"\n");
|
---|
6205 | printf ("#include \"system.h\"\n");
|
---|
6206 | printf ("#include \"rtl.h\"\n");
|
---|
6207 | printf ("#include \"tm_p.h\"\n");
|
---|
6208 | printf ("#include \"insn-config.h\"\n");
|
---|
6209 | printf ("#include \"recog.h\"\n");
|
---|
6210 | printf ("#include \"regs.h\"\n");
|
---|
6211 | printf ("#include \"real.h\"\n");
|
---|
6212 | printf ("#include \"output.h\"\n");
|
---|
6213 | printf ("#include \"insn-attr.h\"\n");
|
---|
6214 | printf ("#include \"toplev.h\"\n");
|
---|
6215 | printf ("#include \"flags.h\"\n");
|
---|
6216 | printf ("\n");
|
---|
6217 | printf ("#define operands recog_data.operand\n\n");
|
---|
6218 |
|
---|
6219 | /* Make `insn_alternatives'. */
|
---|
6220 | insn_alternatives = (int *) oballoc (insn_code_number * sizeof (int));
|
---|
6221 | for (id = defs; id; id = id->next)
|
---|
6222 | if (id->insn_code >= 0)
|
---|
6223 | insn_alternatives[id->insn_code] = (1 << id->num_alternatives) - 1;
|
---|
6224 |
|
---|
6225 | /* Make `insn_n_alternatives'. */
|
---|
6226 | insn_n_alternatives = (int *) oballoc (insn_code_number * sizeof (int));
|
---|
6227 | for (id = defs; id; id = id->next)
|
---|
6228 | if (id->insn_code >= 0)
|
---|
6229 | insn_n_alternatives[id->insn_code] = id->num_alternatives;
|
---|
6230 |
|
---|
6231 | /* Prepare to write out attribute subroutines by checking everything stored
|
---|
6232 | away and building the attribute cases. */
|
---|
6233 |
|
---|
6234 | check_defs ();
|
---|
6235 |
|
---|
6236 | for (i = 0; i < MAX_ATTRS_INDEX; i++)
|
---|
6237 | for (attr = attrs[i]; attr; attr = attr->next)
|
---|
6238 | attr->default_val->value
|
---|
6239 | = check_attr_value (attr->default_val->value, attr);
|
---|
6240 |
|
---|
6241 | if (have_error)
|
---|
6242 | return FATAL_EXIT_CODE;
|
---|
6243 |
|
---|
6244 | for (i = 0; i < MAX_ATTRS_INDEX; i++)
|
---|
6245 | for (attr = attrs[i]; attr; attr = attr->next)
|
---|
6246 | fill_attr (attr);
|
---|
6247 |
|
---|
6248 | /* Construct extra attributes for `length'. */
|
---|
6249 | make_length_attrs ();
|
---|
6250 |
|
---|
6251 | /* Perform any possible optimizations to speed up compilation. */
|
---|
6252 | optimize_attrs ();
|
---|
6253 |
|
---|
6254 | /* Now write out all the `gen_attr_...' routines. Do these before the
|
---|
6255 | special routines (specifically before write_function_unit_info), so
|
---|
6256 | that they get defined before they are used. */
|
---|
6257 |
|
---|
6258 | for (i = 0; i < MAX_ATTRS_INDEX; i++)
|
---|
6259 | for (attr = attrs[i]; attr; attr = attr->next)
|
---|
6260 | {
|
---|
6261 | if (! attr->is_special && ! attr->is_const)
|
---|
6262 | write_attr_get (attr);
|
---|
6263 | }
|
---|
6264 |
|
---|
6265 | /* Write out delay eligibility information, if DEFINE_DELAY present.
|
---|
6266 | (The function to compute the number of delay slots will be written
|
---|
6267 | below.) */
|
---|
6268 | if (num_delays)
|
---|
6269 | {
|
---|
6270 | write_eligible_delay ("delay");
|
---|
6271 | if (have_annul_true)
|
---|
6272 | write_eligible_delay ("annul_true");
|
---|
6273 | if (have_annul_false)
|
---|
6274 | write_eligible_delay ("annul_false");
|
---|
6275 | }
|
---|
6276 |
|
---|
6277 | /* Write out information about function units. */
|
---|
6278 | if (num_units)
|
---|
6279 | write_function_unit_info ();
|
---|
6280 |
|
---|
6281 | /* Write out constant delay slot info */
|
---|
6282 | write_const_num_delay_slots ();
|
---|
6283 |
|
---|
6284 | write_length_unit_log ();
|
---|
6285 |
|
---|
6286 | fflush (stdout);
|
---|
6287 | return (ferror (stdout) != 0 ? FATAL_EXIT_CODE : SUCCESS_EXIT_CODE);
|
---|
6288 | }
|
---|
6289 |
|
---|
6290 | /* Define this so we can link with print-rtl.o to get debug_rtx function. */
|
---|
6291 | const char *
|
---|
6292 | get_insn_name (code)
|
---|
6293 | int code ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
|
---|
6294 | {
|
---|
6295 | return NULL;
|
---|
6296 | }
|
---|